TW200906942A - Optical film, process for producing optical film, polarizer, and liquid-crystal display - Google Patents

Optical film, process for producing optical film, polarizer, and liquid-crystal display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200906942A
TW200906942A TW097109655A TW97109655A TW200906942A TW 200906942 A TW200906942 A TW 200906942A TW 097109655 A TW097109655 A TW 097109655A TW 97109655 A TW97109655 A TW 97109655A TW 200906942 A TW200906942 A TW 200906942A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
group
optical film
cellulose ester
present
Prior art date
Application number
TW097109655A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI452077B (en
Inventor
Takatugu Suzuki
Masakazu Tonishi
Takayuki Suzuki
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Opto Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konica Minolta Opto Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Opto Inc
Publication of TW200906942A publication Critical patent/TW200906942A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI452077B publication Critical patent/TWI452077B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/10Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
    • C08L1/14Mixed esters, e.g. cellulose acetate-butyrate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08BPOLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
    • C08B3/00Preparation of cellulose esters of organic acids
    • C08B3/16Preparation of mixed organic cellulose esters, e.g. cellulose aceto-formate or cellulose aceto-propionate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/13Phenols; Phenolates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/49Phosphorus-containing compounds
    • C08K5/51Phosphorus bound to oxygen
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

An optical film which is formed from a material having a low melt viscosity and which is reduced in coloration and fluctuates little in retardation; a process for producing the optical film; a polarizer employing the optical film and having satisfactory durability over long; and a liquid-crystal display having a high contrast. The optical film is characterized by comprising a cellulose ester in which the kinds of substituents and the degrees of substitution therewith per one glucose unit of the cellulose ester satisfy all of the following relationships (1) to (3).; Relationship (1) 6.30=2OE+3OE=7.50 Relationship (2) 1.10=Y=1.50 Relationship (3) 0.35=Y6=0.50 [In the relationships, X represents the total of the average degrees of substitution with acetyl in the 2-, 3-, and 6-positions; Y represents the total of the average degrees of substitution with propionyl in the 2-, 3-, and 6-positions; and Y6 represents the average degree of substitution with propionyl in the 6-position.]

Description

200906942 九、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於具有纖維素酯所成之光學薄膜、光學薄 膜之製造方法、使用該光學薄膜的偏光板、及液晶顯示裝 置。 【先前技術】 具有纖維素酯所成之光學薄膜,因其較高透明性•低 複折射性·偏光子之易黏著性等,故多數作爲保護使用於 照片用負型薄膜之支持體、或液晶顯示裝置的偏光子的光 學薄膜、偏光板等使用。 又’作爲對於液晶顯示裝置的其他用途,亦可利用於 使用於相位差薄膜、視野角擴大薄膜、電漿顯示器之防反 射薄膜等各種功能薄膜,進一步可利用於有機EL顯示器 等所使用之各種功能薄膜等。 近年來內部變薄、且輕化之液晶顯示裝置的生產量增 加,且需求量亦增高。 又,使用液晶顯示裝置之電視可具有薄形化且輕化之 特徴’可生產使用陰極射線管之電視無法達成之大型電視 ’隨之構成液晶顯示裝置之偏光子、偏光板保護薄膜之需 求亦增大。作爲偏光板保護薄膜,因其光學特性優秀,故 一般可使用光學薄膜。 這些光學薄膜’至今專由溶液流延法製造出。所謂溶 液流延法爲,將纖維素醋溶解於溶劑之溶液經流延而得到 -5- 200906942 薄膜形狀後,溶劑經蒸發•乾燥後得到薄膜之製膜方法。 以溶液流延法所製膜之薄膜因平面性較高,故使用此可得 到無不均之高畫質液晶顯示裝置。 然而,溶液流延法必須使用大量有機溶劑,環境負荷 較大亦成爲課題。光學薄膜由該溶解特性來看,因使用對 環境負荷較大的鹵素系溶劑而製膜,故特別對於溶劑使用 量之減少被要求,使得藉由溶液流延製膜來增產光學薄膜 成爲困難之事。 因此,未使用有機溶劑之製膜方法,例如藉由加熱溶 融之製膜方法受到期待。 且,作爲使用於液晶顯示裝置之偏光板的保護薄膜所 使用的光學薄膜,於過去該纖維素三乙酸酯薄膜因複折射 性較小而被使用。 偏光板一般具有碘或染料經吸附配向之聚乙烯醇薄膜 等所成之偏光薄膜的表裏兩側以透明樹脂層進行層合之構 成,纖維素三乙酸酯薄膜作爲該透明樹脂層而常被使用。 然而,在溶液流延製膜時,將一般使用的纖維素酯的 纖維素三乙酸酯適用於熔融製膜時,因纖維素三乙酸酯爲 分解啓始溫度比熔融啓始溫度還低之纖維素酯,故難以使 用於熔融製膜上。 近年來,將纖維素酯不僅藉由乙醯基,藉由特定比率 之丙醯基或丁醯基進行取代,作爲使用於銀鹽照片(例如 ,專利文獻1參照。)或使用於偏光板保護薄膜(例如’ 參考專利文獻2、3 ),嘗試將如此纖維素酯進行熔融製 -6- 200906942 膜。 如此纖維素酯因分解啓始溫度比熔融啓始溫度還高, 故可進行熔融製膜。 然而’纖維素酯爲來自天然原料之材料,故原來即含 有微量金屬離子,且稍含有於纖維素之酯化步驟中所混入 的金屬離子或垃圾。這些微量金屬離子或垃圾之除去,最 終於光學薄膜之製膜步驟中,介著過濾器進行過濾而除去 。過去之溶液流延法中,因溶液黏度較低,故過濾時並無 特別問題,但藉由加熱熔融之製膜中,因未使用溶劑,故 黏度較高,過濾時間亦較長,對於生產性形成障礙。 一方面’若提高熔融製膜時之溫度,則纖維素酯之黏 度會降低,故過濾必須於短時間內完成,始可提高生產性 ,但纖維素酯原本即爲對熱較弱之樹脂,樹脂劣化與生產 性爲trade-off之關係成爲欲解決的問題。 雖嘗試解除該t r a d e - 〇 f f之關係(例如,參考專利文 獻4、5 ),但結果得到下述所鹼化適性之劣化。 一方面,已知將纖維素酯進行熔融製膜時,添加特定 劣化防止劑(例如,參考專利文獻6)。 基本上藉由添加劣化防止劑,可防止纖維素酯之化學 特性劣化(著色、分子量之降低),但若纖維素酯與劣化 防止劑之組合不適切時會得到反效果,換言之纖維素酯之 化學特性造成劣化產生之結果成爲欲解決的問題。 而依所使用的劣化防止劑之種類,有時雖不會造成化 學特性之劣化,但會造成光學特性之劣化。 -7- 200906942 又,與其他樹脂同樣地,對於纖維素酯而言,其結構 與光學特性亦爲密切關係,故對纖維素酯之結構會造成較 大影響之取代基種類、與該取代度、以及對應取代基之位 置的適當劣化防止劑的選擇係爲重要事項。 而以上述丙醯基或丁醯基所取代之纖維素酯爲,對於 乙醯基提高丙醯基或丁醯基的取代度時,與同一溫度下比 較,其熔融黏度會變小,故對於生產性有利,但多數有著 如下述之課題。 一般於具有纖維素薄膜所成之保護薄膜與偏光子進行 貼合而製作出偏光板時,因容易塗抹水溶性黏著劑,故將 薄膜浸漬於高溫、高濃度之鹼液中,進行所謂之鹼化處理 後,將薄膜表面經親水化並塗佈黏著劑,再與偏光子進行 貼合。 由與上述偏光子之易黏著性的觀點來看,偏光板保護 薄膜用透明樹脂薄膜皆使用三乙醯基纖維素,作爲未取代 爲其他薄膜的理由之一爲,即使將聚酯薄膜、聚碳酸酯薄 膜、或環狀稀煙樹脂薄膜等其他聚合物薄膜進行驗化處理 ,亦無法得到與偏光子之易黏著性爲其理由。 適用於上述熔融製膜者,不僅爲由乙醯基取代者,亦 可爲由丙醯基或丁醯基所取代之光學薄膜,其與纖維素醋 以外的聚合物薄膜相比其具有易黏著性,且丙醯基或丁隨 基的取代度若過高時,難進行鹼化處理,其結果會有使黏 著性劣化之課題。 特別爲將丙醯基與丁醯基比較時,即使碳數僅有1個 -8- 200906942 相異,藉由結合丁醯基,難以大幅度地進行鹼化處理。 如此於過去,鹼化適性亦與生產性爲trade-off之關 係。 至今成本降低提高生產性之重要性日益升高爲現今狀 況,可望鹼化步驟之時間縮短。其中採用難以鹼化的薄膜 係爲致命性之問題。 如上述,過去已知保護薄膜製作時之課題解決方法( 例如,參考專利文獻4、5 )、或偏光板製作時之課題解 決方法(例如,參考專利文獻7 ),但各效果並不充分, 況且同時解決兩者之方法尙未被提出。 因此’取代藉由溶液流延法所製膜之三乙醯基纖維素 薄膜,具有優良環境適性,且具有品質及生產性同時良好 的纖維素酯所成的光學薄膜、光學薄膜之製造方法、以及 使用該光學薄膜之偏光板及液晶顯示裝置的出現受到期待 爲現狀。 [專利文獻1]特表平6-501040號公報 [專利文獻2]特開2〇〇〇-352620號公報 [專利文獻3]特開2006-111796號公報 [專利文獻4]特開2006- 1 24642號公報 [專利文獻5]特開2006-348268號公報 [專利文獻6]特開2006-241428號公報 [專利文獻7 ]特開2 〇 〇 7 -2 2 1 5號公報 【發明內容】 -9- 200906942 發明所要解決的課題 本發明係爲有鑑於上述問題所成者’本發明之目的爲 ,提供一種可達到環境適性優良、生產性良好且光學特性 優良之光學薄膜,更詳細爲熔融製膜時之熔融黏度較小, 著色較少,滯留値之變動較小的光學薄膜、及使用該光學 薄膜且經長時間後耐久性亦良好的偏光板及較高對比之液 晶顯不裝置。 本發明的上述目的係由以下構成所達成。 1. 一種光學薄膜含有纖維素酯,該纖維素酯爲該纖 維素酯的每1葡萄糖單位之取代基種類與該取代度同時滿 足下述式(1)〜(3)之條件者爲特徵之光學薄膜。 式(1) 6.30$2χΧ+3χΥ$7·50 式(2) 1 . 1 0 ^ Y ^ 1 .50 式(3) 0.30SY6S0.50 〔式中,X表示由第2位、第3位、及第6位的乙醯基之 平均取代度的合S十,Y表不由第2位、第3位、及第6位 的丙醯基之平均取代度的合計,Y6表示由第6位的丙醯 基之平均取代度。〕 2. 以前述纖維素酯之重量平均分子量爲i5〇〇〇〇以上 ,且未達250000爲特徵之前述1所記載的光學薄膜。 3. 以前述光學薄膜爲含有酚系化合物者爲特徴之前 述1或2所記載的光學薄膜。 4. 以(fij述光學薄膜爲含有憐系化合物者爲特徴之前 述1〜3中任1項所記載的光學薄膜。 -10- 200906942 5_以則述光學薄膜爲含有烷基自由基捕捉劑者爲特 徴之前述1〜4中任1項所記載的光學薄膜。 6. 以則述酌系化合物爲受阻酚系化合物者爲特徴之 前述3〜5中任〗項所記載的光學薄膜。 7. 以刖述磷系抗氧化劑化合物爲亞膦酸酯系化合物 者爲特徴之則述4〜6中任丨項所記載的光學薄膜。 8. 以前述烷基自由基捕捉劑爲,下述一般式(1)所BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to an optical film comprising a cellulose ester, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the optical film, and a liquid crystal display device. [Prior Art] An optical film made of a cellulose ester is mostly used as a support for protecting a negative film for photographs, because of its high transparency, low birefringence, and easy adhesion of polarizers. An optical film, a polarizing plate, or the like of a polarizer of a liquid crystal display device is used. In addition, as a liquid crystal display device, it can be used for various functional films such as a retardation film, a viewing angle expansion film, and an antireflection film for a plasma display, and can be used for various types of organic EL displays and the like. Functional film, etc. In recent years, the production volume of liquid crystal display devices which have been internally thinned and lightened has increased, and the demand has also increased. Moreover, the television using the liquid crystal display device can be thinned and lightened. It can produce a large-sized television that cannot be realized by a television using a cathode ray tube, and the demand for a polarizer and a polarizing plate protective film of the liquid crystal display device is also required. Increase. As a polarizing plate protective film, since it has excellent optical characteristics, an optical film can generally be used. These optical films have heretofore been produced exclusively by solution casting. The solution casting method is a film forming method in which a solution in which a cellulose vinegar is dissolved in a solvent is cast to obtain a film shape of -5-200906942, and the solvent is evaporated and dried to obtain a film. Since the film formed by the solution casting method has high planarity, it is possible to obtain a high-quality liquid crystal display device without unevenness. However, the solution casting method requires the use of a large amount of organic solvent, and the environmental load is also a problem. From the viewpoint of the solubility characteristics, the optical film is formed by using a halogen-based solvent having a large environmental load. Therefore, it is particularly required to reduce the amount of the solvent used, so that it is difficult to increase the production of the optical film by solution casting. thing. Therefore, a film forming method which does not use an organic solvent, for example, a film forming method by heating and melting is expected. Further, as an optical film used as a protective film for a polarizing plate of a liquid crystal display device, the cellulose triacetate film has been used in the past because of its low birefringence. The polarizing plate generally has a transparent resin layer laminated on both sides of the polarizing film made of iodine or a dye-adjusted polyvinyl alcohol film, and the cellulose triacetate film is often used as the transparent resin layer. use. However, in the case of solution casting film formation, the cellulose triacetate of the generally used cellulose ester is suitable for melt film formation, since the cellulose triacetate is decomposed and the starting temperature is lower than the melting initiation temperature. The cellulose ester is difficult to use for melt film formation. In recent years, cellulose esters have been substituted not only by an ethyl fluorenyl group but also by a specific ratio of a fluorenyl group or a butyl fluorenyl group, as a photograph for use in a silver salt (for example, refer to Patent Document 1) or a protective film for a polarizing plate (for example) For example, 'Reference Patent Documents 2 and 3', attempts have been made to melt such a cellulose ester into a film of -6-200906942. Thus, the cellulose ester is melted to form a film because the decomposition initiation temperature is higher than the melting initiation temperature. However, the cellulose ester is a material derived from a natural raw material, and thus contains a trace amount of metal ions and slightly contains metal ions or garbage mixed in the esterification step of cellulose. The removal of these trace metal ions or waste is finally removed by filtration through a filter during the film forming step of the optical film. In the past solution casting method, since the viscosity of the solution is low, there is no particular problem in filtration. However, since the film is formed by heating and melting, since the solvent is not used, the viscosity is high and the filtration time is long. Sexual barriers. On the one hand, if the temperature at the time of melt film formation is increased, the viscosity of the cellulose ester is lowered, so the filtration must be completed in a short time, and the productivity can be improved, but the cellulose ester is originally a resin which is weak to heat. The relationship between resin deterioration and productivity as trade-off has become a problem to be solved. Although the relationship of t r a d e - 〇 f f is attempted to be released (for example, refer to Patent Documents 4 and 5), the deterioration of the alkalization suitability described below is obtained as a result. On the other hand, it is known to add a specific deterioration preventing agent when the cellulose ester is melt-formed (for example, refer to Patent Document 6). Basically, by adding a deterioration preventing agent, deterioration of chemical properties of the cellulose ester (coloring, reduction in molecular weight) can be prevented, but if the combination of the cellulose ester and the deterioration preventing agent is unsuitable, a counter effect is obtained, in other words, a cellulose ester The result of deterioration caused by chemical characteristics becomes a problem to be solved. Depending on the type of the deterioration preventing agent to be used, the deterioration of the chemical characteristics may not occur, but the optical characteristics may be deteriorated. -7- 200906942 In addition, similarly to other resins, the structure and optical properties of cellulose esters are closely related, so the types of substituents which have a large influence on the structure of cellulose esters, and the degree of substitution The selection of an appropriate deterioration preventing agent corresponding to the position of the substituent is an important matter. The cellulose ester substituted by the above-mentioned propyl fluorenyl or butyl fluorenyl group is such that when the degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group or the butyl fluorenyl group is increased for the acetamidine group, the melt viscosity is reduced as compared with the same temperature, which is advantageous for productivity. However, most have the following problems. Generally, when a protective film made of a cellulose film is bonded to a polarizer to form a polarizing plate, since the water-soluble adhesive is easily applied, the film is immersed in a high-temperature, high-concentration lye to carry out a so-called alkali. After the treatment, the surface of the film is hydrophilized and coated with an adhesive, and then laminated with a polarizer. From the viewpoint of the adhesion to the above-mentioned polarizers, the transparent resin film for the polarizing plate protective film is made of triethylenesulfonyl cellulose, and one of the reasons for not being substituted for other films is that even the polyester film is gathered. Other polymer films such as a carbonate film or a ring-shaped thin resin film are subjected to an inspection process, and the adhesion to a polarizer cannot be obtained. Applicable to the above-mentioned melt film-forming, not only an epoxy group-substituted one, but also an optical film substituted by a fluorenyl group or a butyl group, which has an easy adhesion compared with a polymer film other than cellulose vinegar. When the degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group or the butyl group is too high, alkalization treatment is difficult, and as a result, the adhesion is deteriorated. In particular, when the propylene group is compared with the butyl group, even if the carbon number is only one -8-200906942, it is difficult to substantially perform the alkalization treatment by combining the butyl group. In the past, the suitability of alkalization was also related to the tradeability of tradeability. Up to now, the importance of cost reduction and productivity has been increasing to the present state, and the time for the alkalization step is expected to be shortened. The use of a film that is difficult to alkalinize is a fatal problem. As described above, in the past, a problem solving method in the production of a protective film (for example, refer to Patent Documents 4 and 5) or a problem solving method in the production of a polarizing plate (for example, refer to Patent Document 7) is known, but the effects are not sufficient. Moreover, the method of solving both at the same time has not been proposed. Therefore, the optical film and the optical film formed by the cellulose ester which has excellent environmental suitability and good quality and productivity while replacing the triethylenesulfonated cellulose film formed by the solution casting method, The appearance of a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the optical film is expected to be the current state of the art. [Patent Document 1] JP-A-2006-111796 (Patent Document 3) JP-A-2006-111796 (Patent Document 4) JP-A-2006- 1 [Patent Document 5] JP-A-2006-348428 (Patent Document 7) JP-A-2006-241428 [Patent Document 7] JP-A-2002-242A 9-200906942 Problem to be Solved by the Invention The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide an optical film which is excellent in environmental compatibility, has good productivity, and is excellent in optical characteristics, and is more specifically melted. The film has a small melt viscosity, a small amount of coloring, an optical film having a small variation in retention enthalpy, and a polarizing plate which is excellent in durability after use for a long period of time and a liquid crystal display device having a relatively high contrast. The above object of the present invention is achieved by the following constitution. 1. An optical film comprising a cellulose ester, wherein the cellulose ester is characterized in that the type of the substituent per 1 glucose unit of the cellulose ester and the degree of substitution satisfy the conditions of the following formulas (1) to (3) Optical film. Equation (1) 6.30$2χΧ+3χΥ$7·50 Formula (2) 1 . 1 0 ^ Y ^ 1 .50 Equation (3) 0.30SY6S0.50 [where X represents the 2nd, 3rd, and The average degree of substitution of the ethyl sulfhydryl group at the 6th position is S, the Y table is not the sum of the average degree of substitution of the 2nd, 3rd, and 6th propyl groups, and Y6 is represented by the 6th place. The average degree of substitution of thiol. 2. The optical film according to the above 1 characterized in that the weight average molecular weight of the cellulose ester is i5 Å or more and less than 250,000. 3. The optical film described in the above 1 or 2 is characterized in that the optical film is a phenol-based compound. 4. The optical film described in any one of the above 1 to 3 is characterized in that the optical film is a film containing a pity compound. -10-200906942 5_ The optical film is an alkyl radical-trapping agent. The optical film according to any one of the above items 1 to 4, wherein the optical compound is a hindered phenol compound, and the optical film described in the above item 3 to 5. The optical film described in any one of 4 to 6 is described in detail in the case where the phosphorus-based antioxidant compound is a phosphinate-based compound. Formula (1)

〔式中,R!表示氫原子或碳數1〜1〇的烷基,、及心各 獨立表示碳數1〜8的院基。〕 —般式(2)[In the formula, R! represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 1 carbon atom, and each of the cores independently represents a carbon number of 1 to 8. 〕 General (2)

式中’尺!2〜:!^5各獨立表示氫原子或取代基,Ri6表示 氫原子或取代基 表示1〜4的整數。^爲1時,RM表 -11 - 200906942 示取代基,η爲2〜4的整數時,Rh表示2〜4價之連結 基。且’該取代基表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、醯胺基、烷 基硫基、方基硫基、嫌基、齒素原子、块基 '雑環基、院 基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、 膦醯基、醯基、胺基甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、氰基 '烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基 '甲矽烷氧基、醯氧基、磺 酸基、磺酸之鹽、胺基羰氧基、胺基、苯胺基、亞胺基、 脲基、烷氧基羰胺基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環硫 基、硫脲基、羧基、羧酸之鹽、羥基、氫硫基、或硝基。 9.以藉由將前述1〜8中任1項所記載的光學薄膜進 行熔融流延法而製造爲特徴之光學薄膜的製造方法。 1 〇.以偏光子的至少1面具有前述1〜8中任1項所 記載的光學薄膜爲特徴之偏光板。 Η .以將前述1 0所記載的偏光板使用於液晶胞之至 少一面者爲特徵之液晶顯示裝置。 即,本發明者們欲解決上述課題,而進行詳細檢討過 程中,對於構成纖維素酯之1葡萄糖單位的第2位、第3 位及第6位之羥基係由乙醯基及丙醯基所取代之纖維素酯 進行檢討結果,發現乙醯基及丙醯基的取代狀態(平均取 代度、取代位置)爲本發明之構成範圍時,可解決上述課 題而完成本發明。 [發明的效果] -12- 200906942 藉由本發明提供一種環境適性優良、生產性良好且光 學特性優良之光學薄膜,更詳細爲提供一種熔融製膜時之 熔融黏度較小,著色較少,滯留値之變動較小的光學薄膜 、光學薄膜之製造方法、以及使用該光學薄膜時可達到經 過長時間其耐久性亦良好的偏光板及較高對比之液晶顯示 裝置。 實施發明的較佳型態 以下對於實施本發明之最良形態做詳細說明,但本發 明未受限於彼等。 本發明爲提供生產性良好,且光學特性優良的光學薄 膜者。使用如此光學薄膜時,可得到高品質之偏光板用保 護薄膜、防反射薄膜、相位差薄膜等光學薄膜,進一步可 得到顯不品質較局的液晶顯不裝置。 本發明的光學薄膜可爲藉由溶流延法、熔融流延中任 一方法製造之光學薄膜,但由環境適性來看,以熔融流延 法爲佳。本發明中,將如溶液流延之光學薄膜溶解於溶劑 後’該光學薄膜形成材料藉由加熱使其成爲可流動之熔融 狀態,進行流延者定義爲溶融流延法。 經加熱熔融之成形法,更詳細爲可分類爲熔融壓出成 形法、加壓成形法、吹塑法、射出成形法、吹氣成形法' 延伸成形法等。彼等中欲得到機械性強度及表面精度等優 良的光學薄膜,以熔融壓出法爲佳。 本發明中,光學薄膜形成材料經加熱後,表現其流動 -13- 200906942 性後於轉淘上或無終點輸送帶上進行壓出製膜的方法爲本 發明之溶融流延法的較佳態樣。 因此’本發明的光學薄膜爲,將含有至少1種之下述 所不纖維素醋的光學薄膜形成材料,較佳爲2 0 0 °c以上 2 7 0 C以下的溶融溫度下進行加熱溶融,藉由溶融流延法 而形成之光學薄膜爲佳。 以下,對於本發明之光學薄膜作說明。 《纖維素酯》 纖維素中於1葡萄糖單位之第2位、第3位、第6位 上各具有1個’總計爲3個之羥基,所謂取代度爲表示於 1葡萄糖單位上醯基平均地於任意位置結合多少個之數値 〇 因此’最大取代度3.00’未被上述醯基取代之部分一 般作爲羥基存在者。 如此纖維素的經基一部份或所有皆被醯基取代者稱爲 纖維素酯。 本發明的纖維素酯爲,由第2位、第3位、及第6位 之乙醯基的平均取代度合計作爲X,由第2位、第3位、 及第6位之丙醯基的平均取代度合計作爲γ,且由第6位 之丙醯基的平均取代度作爲Y6時,同時滿足下述式(1 )〜(3)之纖維素酯(以下,平均取代度僅稱爲取代度 )° 如此纖維素酯一般稱爲纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯。 -14- 200906942 且,若僅滿足下述式中任一、或任二者皆無法解決上 述課題,必須同時滿足三個爲重要。 式(1 ) 6.30S2XX+ 3XYS7.50 式(2) 1.10SYS1.50 式(3) 0.30SY6S0.50 其中,式(1)中 6.70$2xX+3xYS7.10’ 因可進一 步發揮本發明之效果而較佳。 式(2)中,以1.20SYS1.40時可發揮本發明之效果 而較佳。 式(3)中,以0.35SY6S0.45時可發揮本發明之效 果而較佳。 且,有關乙醯基與丙醯基的取代度與取代位置之情報 可藉由下述說明之方法求得。 其次,對於本發明所使用之纖維素酯的醯基(乙醯基 與丙醯基)取代度與取代位置之測定法作詳細說明。 對於本發明的醯基之葡萄糖單位各位置之取代度測定 方法,可藉由 Y.Tezuka & Y.Tsuchiya 的論文 ( Carbohydrate Research、第 273 卷、83 〜91 頁(1 99 5 年 ))所記載之13C-NMR法進行。使用該方法時,乙醯基 之13C-NMR訊息與丙醯基之訊息可明瞭地區分,且第2 位、第3位及第6位之訊息亦可分爲3個接近的波峰作辨 識,由波峰高度可得知取代度。且’有關乙醯基與丙醯基 的取代度,可參考藉由ASTM D8 17-96所規定之方法所求 得之値,確認其正確性。 -15- 200906942 其次對於欲解決課題’必須同時滿足上述3式之(1 )〜(3 )的必要性作說明。 本發明者們之檢討下’得知有關熔融黏度與驗化適性 ,纖維素酯的每1葡萄糖單位被取代之醯基平均總碳數( 2χχ+3χγ(乙醯基爲碳數2個、丙醯基爲碳數3個。以 下僅稱爲總碳數))、丙醯基的取代度(Υ )、及第6位 之丙醯基的取代度(Υ6)有著密切關係。一方面’於纖 維素酯由比丙醯基更大碳數之醯基’例如碳數爲4之丁醯 基進行取代時,對於熔融黏度較爲有利,但鹼化適性會大 大劣化,即使調節丁醯基的取代度、取代位置亦完全亦無 法得到改善。 本發明者考慮到熔融黏度係由纖維素酯彼此的相互作 用大小來決定。 換言之,考慮到影響相互作用之力量,例如其爲電子 性效果時’殘存於纖維素酯中之羥基相關氫鍵爲重要,其 爲立體性效果時’葡萄糖單位的醯基之排列規則性/不規 則性爲重要。 與乙醯基相較下體積較高之丙醯基可得到顯著之此效 果。因此,本發明的纖維素酯中,對於控制總碳數(2 χ χ + 3χΥ)、及丙醯基的取代度(γ)爲特別重要。 對於驗化適性’若由鹼化與其後與偏光子之黏著性等 觀點來考慮’對纖維素酯之鹼水解性、及鹼化後的殘存羥 基數有著非常大的影響。 因此’釀基種類與取代度所造成的相異性非常大,此 -16- 200906942 仍然與上述熔融黏度同樣地,對於總碳數(2 χ X + 3 χ Υ ) 、及丙醯基的取代度(Y )之控制特別重要。 總碳數若比6.3 0小時,熔融黏度會變高,此推測爲 與殘存羥基的關連性非常大。 一方面,總碳數若比7.5 0大時,鹼化適性會劣化, 此推測爲鹼化後殘存之羥基數較少所造成。 又’丙醯基的取代度若比1 · 1 0小時,熔融黏度變高 ’此推測爲乙醯基的影響較大,性質與三乙醯基纖維素相 近之故。 另一方面,Y若比1 .5 0大時,較難鹼化,此推測爲 與乙醯基相較下丙醯基之鹼水解速度較小所致。 且’葡萄糖單位之3個羥基中,碳原子之級數與其他 相異的第6位具有專一性。由纖維素合成纖維素酯時的醯 基反應性、及鹼化(鹼水解)時之反應性有著相當大的差 異性。 又’第6位爲由形成葡萄糖單位之吡喃糖環中僅除去 1個碳’該立體結構對於纖維素酯彼此的相互作用造成非 常大的影響。 特別爲彼等之差異,由與乙醯基相比下立體體積較高 的丙醯基進行取代時更爲顯著。因此,本發明之纖維素酯 中’控制第ό位之丙醯基的取代度(γ 6 )亦爲特別重要 〇 雖詳細情況並不明確,但具有本發明之範圍內幾乎相 同的總碳數、及具有本發明範圍內幾乎相同的丙醯基取代 -17- 200906942 度之纖維素酯彼此進行比較時,驚人地發現第6位之丙醯 基取代度爲本發明範圍外時,換言之超過上限之取代度或 小於下限之取代度之任一情況下,熔融黏度皆變高,鹼化 適性亦劣化。 對於以上進行詳細檢討結果,本發明者們的結論爲, 若同時滿足上述3式(1)〜(3)全部時,藉由降低熔融 黏度可提高光學薄膜之生產性,且使用於偏光板製作的鹼 化適性之兩立化上爲必要。 其次’對於本發明所使用的纖維素酯之合成法作說明 〇 本發明所使用的纖維素酯之原料纖維素可爲木材紙漿 或綿花棉絨,木材紙漿可爲針葉樹亦可爲闊葉樹,其中針 葉樹較佳。由製膜時的剝離性之觀點來看,綿花棉絨較佳 。由彼此作成的纖維素酯可經適宜混合、或單獨下使用。 例如’使用來自綿花棉絨之纖維素酯:來自木材紙漿 (針葉樹)之纖維素酯:來自木材紙漿(闊葉樹)之纖維 素酯的比率爲 1〇〇: 〇: 0、 90: 1〇: 〇、 85: 15: 0、 50: 50 · 0 ' 20 - 80 : 〇 > 1 〇 ; 9〇 : 〇 . 〇 : ι〇〇 :〇>〇:〇: ι〇〇 、80· 10- 10、 85: 〇: 15、 40: 30: 30。 得知本發明的纖維素酯僅參考公知方法而進行合成時 並未令人滿意’必須經過特殊過程始可。 例如’將原料纖維素之羥基使用乙酸酐、及丙酸酐, 依據吊法使其乙醯基化、及丙醯基化,可被乙醯基、丙醯 基取代’且所使用的乙酸酐、及丙酸酐之使用量可適宜變 -18- 200906942 化下,調整乙醯基的取代度、丙醯基的取代度、總取代度 〇 又,對於第6位取代度較大的纖維素酯之合成,記載 於特開平1 1 -5 8 5 1號或特開2002-2 1 23 3 8號之各公報等中 〇 然而,僅參考這些方法,無法容易且自在地控制第6 位之丙醯基取代度。 過去僅乙醯基被取代之纖維素酯的合成中,第2位、 第3位的乙醯基取代度比第6位之乙醯基取代度還高。 此爲使用於觸媒之硫酸先與立體障害較少的第6位進 行反應(硫酸酯之生成),結果與乙醯基之空出比率較高 的第2位、第3位容易進行反應之故。 然而,所謂硫酸酯爲平衡反應下經解離,與乙醯基相 比更容易受到纖維素之立體障害影響之丙醯基,容易與立 體障害較小的第6位進行反應,結果使得第6位之丙醯基 取代度更容易提高。 本發明中,作爲觸媒使用硫酸,作爲原料纖維素之羥 基使用乙酸酐、及丙酸酐進行乙醯基化、及丙醯基化之作 法與過去無差異’但藉由將乙酸醉、及丙酸酐之添加於一 邊改變兩者比率下進行數次,可自在地控制第6位之丙醯 基取代度。 使用如上方法,可合成同時滿足前述式(1)〜(3) 之本發明的纖維素酯。 本發明之纖維素酯並無特別限定,具有1 5萬〜2 5萬 -19- 200906942 之重量平均分子量(Mw)爲佳,具有18萬〜23萬之重 量平均分子量爲更佳,具有19萬〜22萬之重量平均分子 量爲最佳。 重量平均分子量爲上述較佳範圔內時,不會有熔融黏 度過高,所得之薄膜強度會降低等不佳情況故較佳。 且’本發明所使用的纖維素酯以使用重量平均分子量 (Mw) /數平均分子量(Μη)比爲1.3〜5.5者爲佳,特 佳爲1_5〜5.0’更佳爲1.7〜4.0,最佳爲2.0〜3.5之纖維 素酯。Mw/Mn超過5.5時,有著黏度會變高,熔融過濾性 降低的傾向故不佳。另一方面,由工業上的製造特性來看 ,以1 . 3以上者爲佳。 且’ Mw及Mw/Mn於下述要領下可由凝膠滲透層析 法(GPC )算出。 測定條件如下所示。 溶劑:四氫呋喃 裝置:HLC-8220 ( Tosoh (股)製) 管柱:TSKgel SuperHM-M ( Tosoh (股)製) 管柱溫度:40°C 試料濃度:0.1質量% 注入量:1 0 // 1 流量·· 0 · 6 m 1 / m i η 校對曲線:使用標準聚苯乙烯·· PS」(P〇lymerIn the formula 'foot! 2~:!^5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and Ri6 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent represents an integer of 1 to 4. When ^ is 1, RM Table -11 - 200906942 shows a substituent, and when η is an integer of 2 to 4, Rh represents a linking group of 2 to 4 valence. And 'the substituent represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a decylamino group, an alkylthio group, a arylthio group, a stilbene group, a dentate atom, a block group 'anthracene ring group, a sulfonyl group, Arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, phosphinium, fluorenyl, aminomethylguanidino, sulfonyl, sulfonylamino, cyano 'alkoxy, Aryloxy, heterocyclooxy 'carbomethoxyoxy, decyloxy, sulfonic acid, sulfonic acid salt, aminocarbonyloxy, amine, anilino, imido, ureido, alkoxycarbonyl Amine, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, heterocyclic thio, thioureido, carboxy, carboxylic acid salt, hydroxy, thiol, or nitro. A method for producing an optical film which is produced by the melt casting method of the optical film according to any one of the above items 1 to 8. 1) A polarizing plate characterized by having the optical film described in any one of the above items 1 to 8 on at least one side of the polarizer.液晶 A liquid crystal display device characterized by using the polarizing plate described in the above 10 for at least one of liquid crystal cells. That is, the inventors of the present invention have solved the above problems, and in the detailed review process, the hydroxyl groups at the 2nd, 3rd, and 6th positions of the glucose unit constituting the cellulose ester are derived from an ethyl group and a propyl group. As a result of reviewing the substituted cellulose ester, it was found that when the substituted state (average degree of substitution, substitution position) of the ethyl hydrazino group and the propyl fluorene group is within the constitutional range of the present invention, the present invention can be solved by solving the above problems. [Effects of the Invention] -12-200906942 The present invention provides an optical film excellent in environmental suitability, good in productivity, and excellent in optical characteristics, and more specifically provides a melt viscosity at a time of melt film formation, less coloring, and retention of 値The optical film having a small variation, the method for producing the optical film, and the use of the optical film can achieve a polarizing plate which is excellent in durability over a long period of time and a liquid crystal display device having a high contrast. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Hereinafter, the best mode for carrying out the invention will be described in detail, but the invention is not limited thereto. The present invention provides an optical film which is excellent in productivity and excellent in optical characteristics. When such an optical film is used, a high-quality optical film such as a protective film for a polarizing plate, an antireflection film, or a retardation film can be obtained, and a liquid crystal display device which is inferior in quality can be obtained. The optical film of the present invention may be an optical film produced by any one of a melt casting method and a melt casting method, but in view of environmental suitability, a melt casting method is preferred. In the present invention, after the optical film cast by the solution is dissolved in a solvent, the optical film forming material is heated to be in a flowable molten state, and the casting is defined as a melt casting method. The molding method by heating and melting is more specifically classified into a melt extrusion molding method, a pressure molding method, a blow molding method, an injection molding method, a blow molding method, an extension molding method, and the like. Among them, an optical film excellent in mechanical strength and surface precision is preferable, and a melt extrusion method is preferred. In the present invention, after the optical film forming material is heated, it exhibits a flow of -13-200906942, and then the film is extruded on the transfer or the endless conveyor belt. The method of the melt casting method of the present invention is a preferred state. kind. Therefore, the optical film of the present invention is an optical film forming material containing at least one of the following non-cellulosic vinegars, and is preferably heated and melted at a melting temperature of from 200 ° C to 270 ° C. An optical film formed by a melt casting method is preferred. Hereinafter, the optical film of the present invention will be described. "Cellulose Ester" cellulose has one '3' total of 3 hydroxyl groups in the 2nd, 3rd, and 6th positions of 1 glucose unit, and the degree of substitution is represented by the average of sulfhydryl groups on 1 glucose unit. How many numbers are combined at any position, so the portion with the 'maximum degree of substitution 3.00' that is not substituted by the above thiol group generally exists as a hydroxyl group. Such a cellulose base is partially or wholly replaced by a thiol group as a cellulose ester. The cellulose ester of the present invention has a total degree of substitution of the second, third, and sixth thiol groups as X, and the second, third, and sixth propyl groups. When the average degree of substitution is γ, and the average degree of substitution of the propyl group at the 6th position is Y6, the cellulose esters of the following formulas (1) to (3) are simultaneously satisfied (hereinafter, the average degree of substitution is simply referred to as Degree of substitution) ° Such a cellulose ester is generally referred to as cellulose acetate propionate. -14- 200906942 In addition, if only one of the following formulas or neither of them can solve the above problem, it is important to satisfy three at the same time. Formula (1) 6.30S2XX+ 3XYS7.50 Formula (2) 1.10SYS1.50 Formula (3) 0.30SY6S0.50 wherein 6.70$2xX+3xYS7.10' in the formula (1) is more effective in the effect of the present invention. good. In the formula (2), the effect of the present invention can be exerted at 1.20 SYS 1.40, which is preferable. In the formula (3), the effect of the present invention can be exerted at 0.35 SY6S 0.45, which is preferable. Further, information on the degree of substitution and substitution position of the ethyl thiol group and the propyl group can be obtained by the method described below. Next, the measurement method of the degree of substitution and the position of substitution of the thiol group (ethyl fluorenyl group and propyl fluorenyl group) of the cellulose ester used in the present invention will be described in detail. The method for determining the degree of substitution of each position of the thiol-based glucose unit of the present invention can be carried out by the paper by Y. Tezuka & Y. Tsuchiya (Carbohydrate Research, Vol. 273, pp. 83-91 (1999)) The 13C-NMR method described is carried out. When using this method, the 13C-NMR information of the thiol group and the information of the propyl group can be clearly distinguished, and the messages of the 2nd, 3rd, and 6th positions can be divided into three close peaks for identification. The degree of substitution is known from the height of the peak. And 'the degree of substitution of the acetyl group and the propyl group can be confirmed by reference to the enthalpy obtained by the method specified in ASTM D8 17-96. -15- 200906942 Next, for the problem to be solved, the necessity of satisfying the above three formulas (1) to (3) must be explained. According to the review by the present inventors, 'the total average carbon number of the sulfhydryl group substituted by 1 per glucose unit of the cellulose ester (2 χχ + 3 χ γ (the ethane group is 2 carbon atoms, C) is known about the melt viscosity and the conformability. The sulfhydryl group has a carbon number of 3. The following is only referred to as the total carbon number), the degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group (Υ), and the degree of substitution of the propyl group of the sixth group (Υ6) are closely related. On the one hand, when the cellulose ester is substituted by a fluorenyl group having a larger carbon number than a fluorenyl group, for example, a butyl group having a carbon number of 4, it is advantageous for the melt viscosity, but the alkalization suitability is greatly deteriorated even if the substitution of the butyl group is adjusted. Degrees and replacement positions are also completely unimproved. The inventors considered that the melt viscosity is determined by the interaction of cellulose esters with each other. In other words, considering the influence of the interaction force, for example, when it is an electronic effect, it is important that the hydroxyl-related hydrogen bond remaining in the cellulose ester is important, and when it is a stereoscopic effect, the arrangement regularity of the thiol group of the glucose unit is not Regularity is important. A higher volume of the fluorenyl group compared to the acetamidine group can achieve this remarkable effect. Therefore, in the cellulose ester of the present invention, it is particularly important to control the total carbon number (2 χ χ + 3 χΥ) and the degree of substitution (γ) of the propyl group. From the viewpoint of alkalization and adhesion to a polarizer, the chemical compatibility of the cellulose ester has a very large influence on the alkali hydrolysis property of the cellulose ester and the number of remaining hydroxyl groups after alkalization. Therefore, the difference between the type of the base and the degree of substitution is very large. This-16-200906942 is still the same as the above melt viscosity, and the degree of substitution for the total carbon number (2 χ X + 3 χ Υ ) and propyl thiol groups. The control of (Y) is particularly important. When the total carbon number is 6.3 hours, the melt viscosity becomes high, which is presumed to be extremely related to the residual hydroxyl group. On the other hand, when the total carbon number is larger than 7.5, the alkalinity suitability is deteriorated, which is presumed to be caused by the small number of hydroxyl groups remaining after alkalization. Further, if the degree of substitution of the propyl group is 1 to 10 hours, the melt viscosity becomes high. This is presumed to be a large influence of the acetyl group, and the properties are similar to those of the triethyl fluorenyl cellulose. On the other hand, when Y is larger than 1.50, it is difficult to alkalinize, which is presumed to be caused by a lower alkali hydrolysis rate of the lower propyl group than the acetamyl group. And among the three hydroxyl groups of the 'glucose unit, the number of carbon atoms is unique to the other sixth position. The sulfhydryl reactivity in the synthesis of cellulose ester from cellulose and the reactivity in alkalization (alkali hydrolysis) have considerable differences. Further, the sixth position is that only one carbon is removed from the pyranose ring forming the glucose unit. This stereo structure has a very large influence on the interaction between the cellulose esters. In particular, the difference between them is more pronounced when substituted with a higher volume of the fluorenyl group than the acetamidine group. Therefore, the degree of substitution (γ 6 ) of the propylene group controlling the third position in the cellulose ester of the present invention is also particularly important. Although the details are not clear, it has almost the same total carbon number within the scope of the present invention. And when the cellulose esters having the same propyl ketone group substitution of -17 to 200906942 degrees within the scope of the present invention are compared with each other, it is surprisingly found that the degree of substitution of the propyl group at the sixth position is outside the range of the invention, in other words, the upper limit In either case of the degree of substitution or the degree of substitution less than the lower limit, the melt viscosity is high and the alkalinity suitability is also deteriorated. As a result of the above detailed review, the inventors have concluded that when all of the above formulas (1) to (3) are satisfied, the productivity of the optical film can be improved by lowering the melt viscosity, and it is used for polarizing plate production. The two basicizations of alkalinity are necessary. Next, the synthesis method of the cellulose ester used in the present invention is described. The cellulose of the cellulose ester used in the present invention may be wood pulp or cotton linters, and the wood pulp may be a conifer or a broad-leaved tree, wherein the conifer Preferably. From the viewpoint of the peeling property at the time of film formation, cotton linters are preferred. The cellulose esters prepared from each other may be suitably mixed or used alone. For example, 'Using cellulose ester from cotton wool: cellulose ester from wood pulp (coniferous tree): the ratio of cellulose ester from wood pulp (broadleaf tree) is 1〇〇: 〇: 0, 90: 1〇: 〇 , 85: 15: 0, 50: 50 · 0 ' 20 - 80 : 〇> 1 〇; 9〇: 〇. 〇: ι〇〇:〇>〇:〇: ι〇〇,80· 10- 10 85: 〇: 15, 40: 30: 30. It is known that the cellulose ester of the present invention is not satisfactory only when it is synthesized by referring to a known method, and it is necessary to go through a special process. For example, 'the hydroxyl group of the raw material cellulose is acetic anhydride and propionic anhydride, and it is acetylated and propylated by a hanging method, and can be substituted with an ethyl hydrazide or a propyl hydrazine group, and the acetic anhydride used, And the amount of propionic anhydride can be changed to -18-200906942, the degree of substitution of the acetamidine group, the degree of substitution of the propyl fluorenyl group, the total degree of substitution 〇, and the cellulose ester having a higher degree of substitution at the 6th position The synthesis is described in each of the publications of JP-A No. 1 1 - 5 8 5 1 or JP-A-2002-2 1 23 3 8. However, with reference to these methods, it is not easy and free to control the sixth position. Base substitution degree. In the past, in the synthesis of a cellulose ester in which only an ethyl group was substituted, the degree of substitution of the second and third positions of the ethylenic group was higher than that of the sixth group. This is because the sulfuric acid used in the catalyst first reacts with the sixth position with less steric hindrance (the formation of sulfate), and as a result, the second and third positions having a higher vacancy ratio with the acetyl group are easily reacted. Therefore. However, the so-called sulfate ester is dissociated under an equilibrium reaction, and is more susceptible to the steric hindrance of cellulose than the acetamidine group, and is easily reacted with the sixth position having a small steric hindrance, resulting in the sixth position. The degree of substitution of the propyl group is easier to increase. In the present invention, sulfuric acid is used as a catalyst, acetic acid is used as a raw material, and acetic acid anhydride and propionic anhydride are used for acetylation and propylation, and there is no difference in the past, but by using acetic acid, and C The addition of the acid anhydride is carried out several times while changing the ratio of both, and the degree of substitution of the propyl group at the 6th position can be freely controlled. Using the above method, the cellulose ester of the present invention which satisfies the above formulas (1) to (3) can be synthesized. The cellulose ester of the present invention is not particularly limited, and has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of from 150,000 to 250,000 to 19,906,046, and a weight average molecular weight of from 180,000 to 230,000 is more preferable, and has a weight of 190,000. The weight average molecular weight of ~220,000 is the best. When the weight average molecular weight is within the above preferred range, the melt viscosity is not excessively high, and the resulting film strength is lowered, which is preferable. And the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably a weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (?η) ratio of 1.3 to 5.5, particularly preferably 1 to 5 to 5.0', more preferably 1.7 to 4.0, and most preferably It is a cellulose ester of 2.0 to 3.5. When Mw/Mn exceeds 5.5, the viscosity tends to be high, and the melt filterability tends to be lowered, which is not preferable. On the other hand, in view of industrial manufacturing characteristics, it is preferable to be 1.3 or more. Further, 'Mw and Mw/Mn can be calculated by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in the following manner. The measurement conditions are as follows. Solvent: Tetrahydrofuran unit: HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Column: TSKgel SuperHM-M (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Column temperature: 40 °C Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass Injection amount: 1 0 // 1 Flow·· 0 · 6 m 1 / mi η proofreading curve: using standard polystyrene·· PS” (P〇lymer

Laboratories 公司製)Mw = 2,560,000 〜580 之 9 試品所得 之校對曲線。 -20- 200906942 本發明的纖維素酯之鹼土類金屬含有量以1〜50ppm 的範圍爲佳。 纖維素酯之鹼土類金屬含有量的範圍爲1〜5〇ppm時 ,不會增加突出(1 i P )附著污染的增加,於熱延伸時或 熱延伸後之剪裁部亦不會斷裂,可達到本發明之效果故較 佳。 且,本發明中,纖維素酯的鹼土類金屬含有量以1〜 30ppm的範圍爲佳。 其中所謂的鹼土類金屬爲C a、Mg之總含有量,可使 用X線光電子分光分析裝置(XP S )進行測定。 本發明的纖維素酯中之殘留硫酸含有量以硫元素換算 時以0.1〜45ppm之範圍爲佳。可含有這些鹽之形式。 殘留硫酸含有量若超過45ppm時’熱熔融時之塑模 突出(lip )部的附著物會增加而不佳。 又,熱延伸時或熱延伸後之剪裁時因容易破斷故不佳 〇 較少爲佳但未達0 · 1時,相反地容易破斷而不佳,但 該理由爲未知。 1〜30ppm之範圍爲更佳。 殘留硫酸含有量可藉由ASTM D817-96所規定之方法 進行測定。 本發明的纖維素酯中之游離酸含有量以1〜50〇PPm 爲佳。 上述範圍時,塑模突出(liP )部之附著物不會增加 -21 - 200906942 且不容易破斷。 且’本發明中,以1〜lOOppm之範圍爲佳,更不容 易破斷。特佳爲1〜7〇ppm之範圍。 游離酸含有量可藉由ASTM D817-96所規定之方法進 行測定。 將合成之纖維素酯洗淨與使用溶液流延法時做比較, 可進一步充分地進行,使得殘留鹼土類金屬含有量、殘留 硫酸含有量、及殘留酸含有量於上述範圍而較佳。 又’纖維素酯之洗淨除水以外,可使用如甲醇、乙醇 之弱溶劑、或作爲結果僅爲弱溶劑之弱溶劑與良溶劑之混 合溶劑’可除去殘留酸以外之無機物、低分子之有機雜質 〇 且’纖維素酯之洗淨可於劣化防止劑之存在下進行, 可提高纖維素酯之耐熱性、製膜安定性。 所使用的劣化防止劑,僅爲可抑制惰性化於纖維素酯 產生的自由基、或產生於纖維素酯之自由基上氧之加成所 造成的纖維素酯劣化的化合物即可,並無特別限定,以受 阻酚系化合物、受阻胺系化合物、亞磷酸酯系化合物爲佳 〇 又,欲提高纖維素酯之耐熱性、機械特性、光學特性 等,於纖維素酯之良溶劑溶解後,於弱溶劑中進行再沈澱 、過濾、或於弱溶劑中進行攪拌懸濁再經過濾,可除去纖 維素酯之低分子量成分、其他雜質。 此時,與前述纖維素酯之洗淨同樣地,於劣化防止劑 -22- 200906942 之存在下進行爲佳。 使用於纖維素酯之洗淨的劣化防止劑,可於洗淨後纖 維素酯中殘存。殘存量以0.01〜2000ppm爲佳,較佳爲 0.05 〜lOOOppm。更佳爲 0.1 〜lOOppm。 且,經纖維素酯之再沈澱處理後,可添加其他聚合物 或低分子化合物。 本發明的纖維素酯因使用於熔融製膜,故纖維素酯自 體之耐熱性優良,加熱熔融前之纖維素酯於空氣下之1 % 質量減少溫度Td ( 1 . 0 )較高爲佳。 欲將纖維素酯進行熔融製膜時,Td ( 1 ·0 )以260°c以 上爲佳,Td ( 1 ·0 )以270 °C以上爲較佳,2 8 0°C以上爲更 佳。 於提高纖維素酯之Td( 1.0)上,纖維素酯之合成中 ,最後取出時的纖維素酯經過濾、洗淨之作業時,充分以 水洗淨至洗淨液之pH爲中性而提高。 然而,詳細理由雖未充分理解,依據纖維素酯之種類 ,過渡洗淨時容易產生如破斷等機械特性劣化,有關同時 滿足本發明之前述式(1)〜(3)之纖維素酯,發現不會 隨著洗淨而產生機械特性之劣化。 又,有關未能滿足本發明之前述式(1)〜(3)中任 一的纖維素酯,即使Td ( 1 . 0 )爲2 70 °C以上亦會產生耐 熱性劣化。 且,空氣下中之1%質量減少溫度Td(l_0)可以購 得之差示熱重量分析(TG-DTA )裝置進行測定,一般爲 -23- 200906942 纖維素酯爲含有微量的水分,故測定時必須注意。 具體而言,試料暫時保持於1 00°c ’確認已無水分揮 發所造成的質量減少後,測定由此點之溫度上昇所引起的 質量減少之方法。 然而,Td( 1.0)並無上限,雖推測爲越高越佳’但 欲避開纖維素酯之洗淨步驟的負擔過大,現實上限値爲 3 0 0 〜3 1 0。(: ° 光學薄膜中之纖維素酯爲70質量%〜99質量%之範 圍時,後述劣化防止劑、可塑劑及紫外線吸收劑等添加劑 之存在下顯示優良熔融流延性與安定性,所得之薄膜可賦 予作爲光學薄膜之優良性能。 纖維素酯之含有量於70質量%〜99質量%之範圍時 ,無添加劑之外滲,可提高薄膜之機械強度,具有本發明 之效果而較佳。 又’作爲光學薄膜所必要之其他添加劑的添加量爲 1.0質量%以上時可滿足被要求之物性,較佳爲纖維素酯 之含有量爲80〜95質量%。 本發明的光學薄膜爲纖維素酯以外之高分子成分亦可 爲經適宜混合者。經混合之高分子成分與纖維素酯之相溶 性優良故爲佳,作爲薄膜時之透過率爲80%以上,更佳 爲90%以上’最佳爲92%以上。 另一實施態樣中,亦可使用原料之纖維素酯至少溶解 於溶劑一次後’溶劑經乾燥之纖維素酯。 此時使用劣化防止劑 '可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑、及消 -24- 200906942 光劑的至少1種以上同時溶解於 酯。 作爲溶劑,可使用於二氯甲 環等溶液流延法所使用的良溶劑 、丁醇等弱溶劑。溶解過程中ΐ 至8 0 °C以上。 使用如此纖維素酯時,容易 物,使光學特性均勻。 《劣化防止劑》 所謂劣化防止劑爲,高分子 造成的分解可藉由化學作用抑制 膜特別爲2 0 0。(:以上高溫下成形 分解•劣化之系統,將劣化防止 〇 使用光學薄膜之氧化防止、 制或禁止光或熱所引起的自由基 未解明之分解反應,且抑制著色 或材料分解所引起的揮發成分生 作爲劣化防止劑,例如可舉 定劑、酸捕捉劑、金屬惰性化劑 些記載於特開平3-199201號公g 公報、特開平5- 1 94789號公報、 、特開平6- 1 07854號公報等。 溶劑後,經乾燥之纖維素 烷、乙酸甲酯、二氧雜戊 ,同時可使用甲醇、乙醇 『於-2 0 °C以下冷卻或加熱 均勻熔融狀態時之各添加 因熱或氧、水分、酸等所 之材料。本發明之光學薄 ,故其爲容易產生高分子 劑含於光學薄膜中者爲佳 分解所產生的酸捕捉、抑 種基因之分解反應等包含 或分子量降低爲主的變質 成之劣化防止劑。 出抗氧化劑、受阻胺光安 等,但並未限定於此。這 锻、特開平5-1907073號 特開平5 - 2 7 1 4 7 1號公報 彼等中,欲達到本發明之 -25- 200906942 目的,可於光學薄膜中含有作爲劣化防止劑之抗氧化劑者 爲佳。 本發明之光學薄膜形成材料中的劣化防止劑可選擇至 少1種以上,添加量對於本發明之纖維素酯質量而言,劣 化防止劑之添加量以0.0 1質量%以上1 0質量%以下爲佳 ’較佳爲0.1質量%以上5.0質量%以下,更佳爲〇_2質 量%以上2.0質量%以下。 且,劣化防止劑之添加量於上述添加量範圍時,由對 纖維素酯之相溶性的觀點來看,可提高作爲光學薄膜之透 明性,且光學薄膜不會變脆故不佳。 光學薄膜於迴避材料變質或吸濕性之目的下,構成之 材料可分割爲1種或複數種顆粒後保存。顆粒化爲可提高 加熱時之熔融物的混合性或相溶性、或可確保所得之薄膜 的光學均一性。 將光學薄膜進行加熱熔融時,經加熱熔融者可於後步 驟使用’且作爲製品讓消費者使用時,若存在上述劣化防 止劑時’由材料劣化或分解爲準的強度或光學透明性之劣 化減少 '或維持材料固有強度之觀點來看其較佳。 光學薄膜於加熱會顯示明顯劣化時,會產生著色無法 作爲光學薄膜使用。 又’作爲液晶顯示裝置用之光學補償薄膜使用時,滯 留値賦予步驟(延伸步驟)於流延步驟後實施,但光學薄 膜因加熱而顯著劣化時’所形成之薄膜會變脆,該延伸步 驟中之破斷容易產生’無法表現目的光學補償薄膜之滯留 -26- 200906942Proofreading curve obtained from Laboratories Inc., Mw = 2,560,000 to 580 of 9 samples. -20- 200906942 The alkaline earth metal content of the cellulose ester of the present invention is preferably in the range of 1 to 50 ppm. When the content of the alkaline earth metal of the cellulose ester is in the range of 1 to 5 〇 ppm, the increase in the adhesion of the protrusion (1 i P ) is not increased, and the cut portion is not broken during the heat extension or after the heat extension. It is preferred to achieve the effects of the present invention. Further, in the present invention, the content of the alkaline earth metal of the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 1 to 30 ppm. The so-called alkaline earth metal is a total content of Ca and Mg, and can be measured by an X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy analyzer (XP S ). The residual sulfuric acid content in the cellulose ester of the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 45 ppm in terms of sulfur element. It may contain the form of these salts. When the residual sulfuric acid content exceeds 45 ppm, the deposit of the molded portion of the mold at the time of hot melting may increase. Moreover, it is not preferable because it is easy to break during the hot stretching or after the heat stretching. 较少 It is less preferable, but when it is less than 0·1, it is not easy to break, but the reason is unknown. A range of 1 to 30 ppm is more preferable. The residual sulfuric acid content can be determined by the method specified in ASTM D817-96. The free acid content in the cellulose ester of the present invention is preferably from 1 to 50 〇 PPm. In the above range, the attachment of the mold protrusion (liP) portion does not increase -21 - 200906942 and is not easily broken. Further, in the present invention, the range of 1 to 100 ppm is preferable, and it is less likely to be broken. It is particularly preferably in the range of 1 to 7 〇 ppm. The free acid content can be determined by the method specified in ASTM D817-96. When the synthetic cellulose ester is washed and compared with the solution casting method, it can be further sufficiently carried out so that the residual alkaline earth metal content, the residual sulfuric acid content, and the residual acid content are preferably in the above range. In addition to the washing and dewatering of the cellulose ester, a weak solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or a mixed solvent of a weak solvent and a good solvent which is a weak solvent as a result can be used to remove inorganic substances other than residual acid and low molecular weight. The organic impurities and the washing of the cellulose ester can be carried out in the presence of a deterioration preventing agent, and the heat resistance and film stability of the cellulose ester can be improved. The deterioration preventing agent to be used is only a compound which can suppress the deterioration of the cellulose ester caused by the radical which is inactivated in the cellulose ester or the addition of oxygen to the radical of the cellulose ester. In particular, a hindered phenol-based compound, a hindered amine-based compound, or a phosphite-based compound is preferred, and the heat resistance, mechanical properties, optical properties, and the like of the cellulose ester are desired to be improved after dissolution of the good solvent of the cellulose ester. The low molecular weight component of the cellulose ester and other impurities can be removed by reprecipitation in a weak solvent, filtration, or suspension stirring in a weak solvent followed by filtration. In this case, it is preferably carried out in the presence of the deterioration preventing agent-22-200906942 in the same manner as the washing of the cellulose ester. The deterioration preventing agent used for washing the cellulose ester can remain in the cellulose ester after washing. The residual amount is preferably 0.01 to 2000 ppm, preferably 0.05 to 1000 ppm. More preferably, it is 0.1 to 100 ppm. Further, after the reprecipitation treatment of the cellulose ester, other polymers or low molecular compounds may be added. Since the cellulose ester of the present invention is used for melt film formation, the cellulose ester itself is excellent in heat resistance, and the cellulose ester before heating and melting is preferably 1% by mass under the air. The temperature Td (1.0) is preferably higher. . When the cellulose ester is to be melt-formed, Td (1 · 0 ) is preferably 260 ° C or more, Td ( 1 · 0 ) is preferably 270 ° C or more, and more preferably 280 ° C or more. In the synthesis of cellulose ester on the Td (1.0) of the cellulose ester, in the process of filtering and washing the cellulose ester finally taken out, the pH of the washing liquid is sufficiently washed with water until the pH of the washing liquid is neutral. improve. However, although the detailed reason is not fully understood, depending on the type of the cellulose ester, the mechanical properties such as breakage are likely to be deteriorated during the transition washing, and the cellulose ester of the above formulas (1) to (3) of the present invention is simultaneously satisfied. It was found that the deterioration of mechanical properties did not occur with washing. Further, the cellulose ester which does not satisfy any of the above formulas (1) to (3) of the present invention has deterioration in heat resistance even when Td (1.0) is 2 70 °C or higher. Moreover, the 1% mass reduction temperature Td(l_0) in the air can be measured by a differential thermogravimetric analysis (TG-DTA) device, generally -23-200906942. The cellulose ester contains a trace amount of water, so the determination is Must pay attention. Specifically, the sample was temporarily held at 100 ° C. The method of measuring the decrease in mass caused by the increase in temperature at the point after the deterioration of the mass due to the evaporation of moisture was confirmed. However, there is no upper limit for Td (1.0), although it is presumed that the higher the better, but the burden of the washing step to avoid the cellulose ester is too large, and the practical upper limit is 30,000 to 3 1 0. (: ° When the cellulose ester in the optical film is in the range of 70% by mass to 99% by mass, the film exhibits excellent melt castability and stability in the presence of an additive such as a deterioration preventing agent, a plasticizer, and an ultraviolet absorber to be described later. When the content of the cellulose ester is in the range of 70% by mass to 99% by mass, the additive is not bleed, and the mechanical strength of the film can be improved, and the effect of the present invention is preferable. When the amount of the other additives necessary for the optical film is 1.0% by mass or more, the desired physical properties are satisfied, and the content of the cellulose ester is preferably 80 to 95% by mass. The optical film of the present invention is a cellulose ester. The polymer component other than the polymer component may be suitably mixed. The mixed polymer component and the cellulose ester are excellent in compatibility, and the transmittance when used as a film is 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. Preferably, it is 92% or more. In another embodiment, the cellulose ester of the raw material may be used at least once after the solvent is dissolved, and the solvent is dried. The terminator 'plasticizer, ultraviolet absorber, and anti--24-200906942 At least one or more kinds of photo-agents are simultaneously dissolved in the ester. As a solvent, it can be used as a good solvent for the solution casting method such as dichloromethyl ring or the like. A weak solvent such as an alcohol, which is enthalpy to 80 ° C or higher during the dissolution process. When such a cellulose ester is used, it is easy to make the optical properties uniform. "Determination inhibitor" The deterioration inhibitor is caused by decomposition of the polymer. The chemical action suppressing film is particularly 200. (: a system for forming, decomposing, and degrading at a high temperature, and preventing degradation by using an optical film, preventing or suppressing decomposition of free radicals caused by light or heat, Further, the volatile component caused by the coloring or the decomposition of the material is prevented from being a deterioration preventing agent. For example, a exemplifying agent, an acid scavenger, and a metal inerting agent are described in JP-A-3-199201, JP-A-5-149789 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 6-107854, etc. After the solvent, the dried cellulose alkane, methyl acetate, dioxane, and methanol and ethanol can be used at -2 0 °C. When the material is cooled or heated in a uniformly molten state, the material is added by heat, oxygen, moisture, acid, etc. The optical fiber of the present invention is thin, so that it is an acid which is easily decomposed in the case where the polymer agent is contained in the optical film. The anti-oxidation agent, the hindered amine light-amplifier, etc., which are included in the decomposition reaction of the gene, such as the decomposition reaction of the gene, and the molecular weight reduction, are not limited thereto. This is forged, and the special product is 5-1907073. In the case of the purpose of the present invention, it is preferable to contain an antioxidant as a deterioration preventing agent in the optical film. The optical film forming material of the present invention is preferably used in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Application No. H-25-200906942. The amount of the deterioration preventing agent to be used may be at least one or more, and the amount of the deterioration preventing agent added is preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass. % or more and 5.0% by mass or less, more preferably 〇 2% by mass or more and 2.0% by mass or less. Further, when the amount of the deterioration preventing agent added is in the above-mentioned range of the addition amount, the transparency of the optical film can be improved from the viewpoint of the compatibility with the cellulose ester, and the optical film is not brittle and is not preferable. The optical film can be divided into one or a plurality of kinds of particles and stored after the material is deteriorated or hygroscopic. The granulation is such that the miscibility or compatibility of the melt at the time of heating can be improved, or the optical uniformity of the obtained film can be ensured. When the optical film is heated and melted, it can be used in the subsequent step when it is heated and melted, and when it is used as a product for the consumer, if the above-mentioned deterioration preventing agent is present, the deterioration of the strength or optical transparency due to deterioration or decomposition of the material is normal. It is preferred to reduce 'or maintain the inherent strength of the material. When the optical film shows a significant deterioration upon heating, coloring cannot be used as an optical film. Further, when used as an optical compensation film for a liquid crystal display device, the retention enthalpy application step (extension step) is performed after the casting step, but when the optical film is significantly deteriorated by heating, the formed film becomes brittle. The break in the middle is prone to the 'inability to express the retention of the optical compensation film -26- 200906942

且’作爲液晶顯示裝置用之偏光板保護薄膜使用時, 光學薄膜之劣化於與偏光子之貼合上造成障礙故不佳。 因此’上述劣化防止劑之存在爲,抑制加熱熔融時可 見光區之著色物的生成、或可抑制或消滅加熱熔融時及加 熱熔融後構成薄膜之材料經分解所產生的揮發成分等所造 成的透過率或霧値降低等作爲光學薄膜不佳的劣化而較佳 〇 本發明中液晶顯不裝置之顯示影像爲使用本發明光學 薄膜時,若霧値超過1%時會造成影響,故較佳爲霧値未 達1 % ’更佳爲未達0 · 5 %。又,作爲著色性指標可使用 黄色度(黃色指標YI ),較佳爲3.0以下,更佳爲1 .〇以 下。黄色度爲依據JIS - K - 7 1 0 3進行測定。 上述光學薄膜之保存或製膜步驟中,空氣中的氧或水 分所造成之劣化反應會同時產生。 此時’上述劣化防止劑之安定化作用、以及降低空氣 中濕度•氧濃度之目的皆爲實現本發明上較佳情況故可並 用。 此作爲公知技術中惰性氣體可舉出氮或氬氣之使用、 減壓〜真空之脫氣操作、及密閉環境下操作,彼等3者內 至少1種可並用存在上述安定劑之方法。 藉由減低光學薄膜與空氣中之氧接觸的機率,可抑制 該材料之劣化故較佳。 又’本發明的光學薄膜因可作爲偏光板保護薄膜應用 -27- 200906942 ,故對於構成本發明之偏光板及偏光板之偏光子而提高經 時保存性之觀點來看,光學薄膜中之上述劣化防止劑的存 在亦扮演者重要角色。 使用本發明之偏光板的液晶顯示裝置中,於本發明之 光學薄膜中存在上述劣化防止劑時,由抑制上述變質或劣 化之觀點來看,可提高光學薄膜之經時保存性之同時,亦 對於液晶顯示裝置之顯示品質提高上,可使光學補償設計 經長期亦可表現其功能故較佳。 《抗氧化劑》 纖維素酯於高溫下不僅熱且可藉由氧而促進分解,故 本發明之光學薄膜中’作爲劣化防止劑含有抗氧化劑者爲 佳。 作爲本發明中有用之抗氧化劑,僅爲可抑制氧所引起 的光學薄膜之劣化的化合物即可,並無特別限定,其中亦 可舉出酚系化合物、磷系化合物、硫磺系化合物、烷基自 由基捕捉劑、過氧化物分解劑、氧掃除劑等。 其中亦以使用酚系化合物、磷系化合物、烷基自由基 捕捉劑爲佳’使用酚系化合物與磷系化合物之2者組合者 較佳’使用酚系化合物與磷系化合物與烷基自由基捕捉劑 之3者組合最佳。 藉由添加這些化合物’不僅不會降低透明性、耐熱性 等’可防止熔融成型時之熱或熱氧化劣化等所造成的成形 體著色或強度降低。 -28- 200906942 這些抗氧化劑可各單獨、或組合2種以上使用’其添 加量以不損害本發明之目的的範圍下適宜選擇’對於本發 明之纖維素酯的質量而言,以〇·01質量%以上10質量% 以下爲佳,較佳爲0.1質量%以上5·0質量%以下’更佳 爲0.2質量%以上2.0質量%以下。 (酚系化合物) 酚系化合物爲已知化合物,對一 t 一 丁基酣、對一( 1,1 ,3,3 —四甲基丁基)酚等的烷基取代酚以外’例如可舉 出美國專利第4,839,4〇5號說明書之第12〜14欄所記載 的2,6 —二烷基酚衍生物化合物、所謂之受阻酚系化合物 ,其中以受阻酚系化合物爲佳。 作爲受阻酚酚系化合物之具體例,可舉出η-十八烷 基3— (3,5—二一 t— 丁基一 4一羥基苯基)—丙酸酯、η —十八烷基3—(3,5—二—t一丁基—4一羥基苯基)一丙 烯酸酯、η—十八烷基3,5-二一 t_ 丁基一 4一羥基苯甲酸 酯、η—己基3,5 —二一t 一 丁基一 4 -羥基苯基苯甲酸酯、 η —月桂基3,5 —二一 t — 丁基一 4一羥基苯基苯甲酸酯、新 一月桂基3-(3,5 —二一 t — 丁基一 4一羥基苯基)丙酸酯 、月桂基Θ (3,5 —二_t — 丁基一 4 一羥基苯基)丙酸酯 、乙基α - (4 一羥基— 3,5—二一 t_ 丁基苯基)異丁酸 酯、十八烷基α — (4 —羥基一 3,5-二一 t 一丁基苯基) 異丁酸酯、十八烷基α — (4 一羥基—3,5—二—t~ 丁基 一 4 —羥基苯基)丙酸酯、2~ (n—辛基硫)乙基3,5—二 -29- 200906942 一 t— 丁基一 4一羥基一苯甲酸酯、2— (η—辛基硫)乙基 3,5 —二—t 一丁基—4一羥基—苯基丙烯酸酯、2-(η -十八院基硫)乙基3,5— ___ — t 一 丁基一 4一經基苯基丙嫌 酸酯、2_ (η-十八烷基硫)乙基3,5 —二—t — 丁基一 4 一羥基一苯甲酸酯、2— (2 —羥基乙基硫)乙基3,5—二 一 t— 丁基一 4 —羥基苯甲酸酯、二乙基二醇雙一 (3,5 — 二一 t 一 丁基一 4一羥基一苯基)丙酸酯、2—(η—十八烷 基硫)乙基3— (3,5 —二一 t一丁基—4一羥基苯基)丙酸 酯、硬脂醯胺Ν,Ν —雙一〔伸乙基3— (3,5 —二—t 一丁 基一 4 —羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、η — 丁基亞胺N,N-雙一〔 伸乙基3 -(3,5 —二—t — 丁基一 4一羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕 、2— (2_硬脂醯氧基乙基硫)乙基3,5-二一 t — 丁基一 4 —羥基苯甲酸酯、2— (2-硬脂醯氧基乙基硫)乙基7 一 (3 —甲基一 5 —t—丁基—4 —羥基苯基)庚酸酯、1,2 —丙二醇雙一 〔3 — (3,5 -二一 t 一丁基—4_羥基苯基) 丙酸酯〕、乙二醇雙—〔3- (3,5 -二一 t 一丁基—4 —羥 基苯基)丙酸酯〕、新戊基二醇雙—〔3 - (3,5 -二一 t —丁基一4 —羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、乙二醇雙一 (3,5 —二 —t 一丁基一 4 —羥基苯基丙烯酸酯)、甘油一 1一 n一十八 烷酸酯一 2,3 -雙一 (3,5 —二一 t 一丁基一4—羥基苯基丙 烯酸酯)、季戊四醇一肆—〔3-(3’,5’ —二一 t 一丁基一 4’ —羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、3,9 -雙—{2 - 〔3— (3 - tert-丁基—4一羥基—5 -甲基苯基)丙醯基氧基〕一 1,1 一二甲基乙基} — 2,4,8,10 —四噁一螺—[5.5]十一烷、 -30- 200906942 i,1,1—三經甲基乙垸—參—〔3— (3,5 —二一 t 一丁基一 4 一羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、山梨糖醇六一〔3一(3,5—二— t — 丁基—4 一羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、2一羥基乙基7一(3 一甲基一 5 - t 丁基一 4 —羥基苯基)丙酸酯、2_硬脂醯氧 基乙基7_ (3 —甲基~5—t~ 丁基一 4 —羥基苯基)庚酸 酯、1,6 - η— 己二醇雙〔(3’,5’一二一1一丁基_4一羥基 苯基)丙酸酯〕、季戊四醇一肆(3,5 —二一 t — 丁基一 4 -羥基氫肉桂酸酯)。 上述型之酌化合物’例如舉出Ciba Specialty Chemicals股份有限公司所購得之“IRgaNOX 1 076”及 “IRGANOX1010”之商品名。 (磷系化合物) 作爲本發明中有用磷系化合物,可舉出亞磷酸酯系化 合物、及亞膦酸酯系化合物。作爲亞磷酸酯系化合物之具 體例’可舉出三苯基亞磷酸酯、二苯基異癸基亞磷酸醋、 苯基二-異癸基亞磷酸酯、參(壬基苯基)亞鱗酸酯、參 (二-壬基苯基)亞磷酸酯、參(2,4 一二一 t — 丁基苯基) 亞磷酸醋、參(2,4 —二_t 一丁基—5 —甲基苯基)亞磷 酸酯、1〇-(3,5 —二一 t 一丁基一4 —羥基苯甲基)—9,1〇 —二一氫—9 —噁一 10 —膦菲—10- 氧化物、6—〔3_ (3 —t — 丁基一 4一羥基一5-甲基苯基)丙氧基〕—2,4,8,1〇 一四一 t — 丁基 _. 一 苯並[d,f][l,3,2] _. 一 DIOXAPHOPHEPINE、十三烷基亞磷酸酯等單亞磷酸酯系 -31 - 200906942 化合物;4,4’―亞丁基一雙(3-甲基一6— t — 丁基苯基— 二一十三烷基亞磷酸酯)、4,4’ —異亞丙基一雙(苯基— 二一烷基(C12〜C15)亞磷酸酯)等二一亞磷酸酯系化 合物;等。上述型之亞磷酸酯系化合物,例如可由住友化 學股份有限公司之“SumilizerGP”、可由股份有限公司 ADEKA 之 ADK STAB PEP-24G”、“ADK STAB PEP-36,,、 “ADK STAB 3010”、“ADK STAB HP-10”及 “ADK STAB 21 12”之商品名購得。 作爲亞膦酸酯系化合物之具體例,例如可舉出二甲 基-苯基亞膦酸酯、二一 t — 丁基一苯基亞膦酸酯、二苯基 一苯基亞膦酸酯、二—(4 一戊基-苯基)—苯基亞膦酸 酯、二一(2— t — 丁基—苯基)一苯基亞膦酸醋、二一( 2_甲基一 3 —戊基—苯基)—苯基亞膦酸酯、二一 (2 — 甲基一 4 —辛基一苯基)_苯基亞膦酸酯、二—(3 一丁基 一 4 一甲基—苯基)—苯基亞膦酸酯、二—(3_己基一 4 一乙基—苯基)一苯基亞鱗酸醋、二一 (2,4,6 —三甲基 苯基)一苯基亞膦酸酯、二一(2,3 -二甲基—4 —乙基一 苯基)—苯基亞膦酸酯、二_ (2,6 -二乙基—3 一 丁基苯 基)_苯基亞膦酸酯、二一 (2,3 -二丙基一5 一丁基苯基 )一苯基亞膦酸酯、二—(2,4,6 —三—t — 丁基苯基)一 苯基亞膦酸酯、雙(2,4—二一 t 一丁基—5 —甲基苯基) 聯苯基—4 —基一亞膦酸酯、雙(2,4-二—t — 丁基一 5 -甲基苯基)一4’一(雙(2,4 一二一t 一丁基—5 一甲基苯氧 基)鱗)聯苯基—4 一基一亞鱗酸醋、肆(2,4-二一 t 一 -32- 200906942 丁基一苯基)一 4,4’一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,5 -二一 t — 丁基—苯基)一 4,4’一亞聯苯基二—亞膦酸酯、肆 (3,5—二一 t 一丁基一苯基)—4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二—亞膦 酸酯、肆(2,3,4-三甲基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞 滕酸醋、肆(2,3 — 一甲基一 5 —乙基一苯基)一 4,4’ —亞 聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,3-二甲基一 4 一丙基苯基) —4,4’ —亞聯苯基二—亞膦酸酯、肆(2,3 -二甲基一 5 - t 一丁基苯基)一4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,5 -二甲基—4一 t一丁基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸 酯、肆(2,3 -二乙基一5 —甲基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基 二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,6—二乙基一 4 一甲基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,4,5 —三乙基苯基)一 4,4’ —亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,6 -二乙基一 4 —丙 基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二—亞膦酸酯、肆(2,5 -二乙 基一 6 -丁基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆 (2,3-二乙基一 5 — t一丁基苯基)一4,4’ —亞聯苯基二— 亞滕酸醋、肆(2,5 — _乙基一 6 - t — 丁基苯基)—4,4’一 亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,3 —二丙基一 5 —甲基苯基 )一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,6 -二丙基—4 —甲基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,6 -二丙基一 5 -乙基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯 、肆(2,3 —二丙基—6 — 丁基苯基)一 4,4’ —亞聯苯基二 一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,6 —二丙基一 5- 丁基苯基)—4,4’ — 亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,3 —二丁基一 4 一甲基苯基 -33- 200906942 )一 4,4’ —亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,5 -二丁基一 3 一甲基苯基)—4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,6-二丁基一 4—甲基苯基)一 4,4’ —亞聯苯基二—亞膦酸酯 、肆(2,4 — 一一 t 一 丁基一 3 -甲基苯基)—4,4’一亞聯苯 基一·一亞隣酸醋、肆(2,4 一一 一 t — 丁基—5 -甲基苯基 )一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,4一二一 t 一丁 基一 6 一甲基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二—亞膦酸酯、肆 (2,5— _ — t 一 丁基一 3 —甲基苯基)一4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二 —亞膦酸酯、肆(2,5 —二一 t— 丁基一 4 —甲基苯基)— 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二—亞膦酸酯、肆(2,5_二一 t — 丁基—6 一甲基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,6-二一t 一 丁基一 3 -甲基苯基)一4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二—亞膦 酸醋、肆(2,6 — __ — t — 丁基一 4 —甲基苯基)—4,4’ —亞 聯本基——亞滕酸醋、肆(2,6 - 一 — t 一 丁基一 5 -甲基 苯基)一4,4 ’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞勝酸酯、肆(2,3 -二丁基 一 4 —乙基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆( 2,4 一二丁基—3 -乙基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦 酸酯、肆(2,5 —二丁基一4 一乙基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯 基一一亞隣酸醋、肆(2,4 — ___t — 丁基—3 —乙基苯基 )一 4,4’ —亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,4 -二一 t 一丁 基一 5 -乙基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆 (2,4— 一_ — t — 丁基一 6-乙基苯基)一 4,4’一亞聯苯基二 一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,5 —二一 t — 丁基—3 —乙基苯基)— 4,4’ —亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,5 —二一 t — 丁基一 4 -34- 200906942 一乙基苯基)—4,4,—亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,5 一 二一 t— 丁基—6—乙基苯基)一 4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二一亞膦 酸酯、肆(2,6-二一 t 一丁基—3 —乙基苯基)—4,4,一亞 聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,6—二—t 一丁基—4 一乙基 苯基)一 4,4’_亞聯苯基二一亞膦酸酯、肆(2,6 —二一 t 一 丁基一 5_乙基苯基)—4,4’ 一亞聯苯基二—亞膦酸酯 、肆(2,3,4 —三丁基苯基)一4,4,—亞聯苯基二—亞膦酸 酯、肆(2,4,6 —三_t 一丁基苯基)—4,4,_亞聯苯基二-亞膦酸酯等。上述型之磷系化合物,例如可由ciba Specialty Chemicals 股份有限公司之 “IRGAFOS P-EPQ,,、 由堺化學工業股份有限公司之“GSY-P 101”的商品名購得 〇 作爲本發明中有用之磷系化合物以亞膦酸醋系化合物 爲佳’以肆(2,4—二—t 一丁基一苯基)一 4,4,—亞聯苯 基二一亞膦酸醋等4,4,一亞聯苯基二-亞膦酸酯化合物爲 較佳’特佳爲肆(2,4-二-t 一丁基一5—甲基苯基)— 4,4’一亞聯苯基二-亞膦酸酯。 (大兀基自由基捕捉劑) 本發明之「烷基自由基捕捉劑」爲,可賦予具有可與 院基自由基迅速反應之基,且與院基自由基進行反應後不 會引起後續反應之穩定生成物者的化合物。 作爲本發明中之較佳烷基自由基捕捉劑,可舉出前遞 一般式(1)所示化合物、及前述一般式(2)所示化合物 -35- 200906942 以下雖對本發明所使用的前述一般式(1 )所示化合 物的具體例做說明,本發明並未限定於此。 前述一般式(1)中,R!表示氫原子或碳數1〜10的 烷基,較佳爲氫原子或碳數1〜4的烷基,特佳爲氫原子 或甲基。 R2及R3各獨立表示碳數1〜8的烷基,可爲直鏈、 或可具有支鏈結構或環結構。R2及R3表示較佳爲含有4 級碳之「*-C(CH3)2-R’」所示結構(*表示於芳香環之連 結部位,R’表示碳數1〜5的烷基)。R2較佳爲tert-丁基 、tert —戊基。R3較佳爲tert - 丁基、tert —戊基或tert — 辛基。 作爲上述一般式(1 )所示化合物,可由住友化學股 份有限公司購得“ S u m i 1 i z e r G Μ,,、“ S u m i 1 i z e r G S,,之商品名 ο 以下舉出前述一般式(1 )所示化合物之具體例,但 本發明並未限定於此。 -36- 200906942 [化3]Further, when used as a polarizing plate protective film for a liquid crystal display device, deterioration of the optical film causes a barrier to bonding with a polarizer, which is not preferable. Therefore, the above-mentioned deterioration preventing agent is used to suppress the formation of the coloring matter in the visible light region during heating and melting, or to suppress or eliminate the volatilization caused by the decomposition of the material constituting the film after the heating and melting and the heating and melting. The rate or smog reduction is preferable as the deterioration of the optical film. The display image of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is preferably used when the optical film of the present invention is used, and if the haze exceeds 1%, it is preferable. The haze is less than 1% 'better than 0. 5 %. Further, as the coloring property index, a yellowness (yellow index YI) can be used, preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 1 or less. The yellowness is measured in accordance with JIS-K-7 1 0 3 . In the storage or film forming step of the above optical film, the deterioration reaction caused by oxygen or water in the air is simultaneously generated. At this time, the purpose of the stabilization of the above-mentioned deterioration preventing agent and the reduction of the humidity and the oxygen concentration in the air are all preferable in order to achieve the best of the present invention. As an inert gas in the prior art, the use of nitrogen or argon gas, the decompression operation under reduced pressure to vacuum, and the operation in a closed environment may be employed, and at least one of them may be used in combination with the stabilizer. It is preferable to reduce the deterioration of the material by reducing the probability of contact of the optical film with oxygen in the air. Further, the optical film of the present invention can be used as a polarizing plate protective film application -27-200906942, and thus the above-mentioned optical film is improved from the viewpoint of improving the storage stability with respect to the polarizer of the polarizing plate and the polarizing plate of the present invention. The presence of a deterioration preventive agent also plays an important role. In the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate of the present invention, when the deterioration preventing agent is present in the optical film of the present invention, the temporal storage property of the optical film can be improved from the viewpoint of suppressing the deterioration or deterioration. In the display quality improvement of the liquid crystal display device, it is preferable that the optical compensation design can exhibit its function over a long period of time. <<Antioxidant>> The cellulose ester is not only hot at a high temperature but also decomposes by oxygen. Therefore, it is preferable that the optical film of the present invention contains an antioxidant as a deterioration preventing agent. The antioxidant which is useful in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can suppress deterioration of the optical film caused by oxygen, and examples thereof include a phenol compound, a phosphorus compound, a sulfur compound, and an alkyl group. A radical scavenger, a peroxide decomposer, an oxygen scavenger, and the like. In addition, it is preferable to use a phenolic compound, a phosphorus compound, or an alkyl radical scavenger, and it is preferable to use a combination of a phenolic compound and a phosphorus compound, and use a phenolic compound, a phosphorus compound, and an alkyl radical. The combination of the three capture agents is optimal. By adding these compounds, not only the transparency, heat resistance and the like are not lowered, but the coloring or strength reduction of the molded body due to heat or thermal oxidative degradation during melt molding can be prevented. -28- 200906942 These antioxidants may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds, and the amount thereof is appropriately selected so as not to impair the object of the present invention. For the quality of the cellulose ester of the present invention, 〇·01 The mass% or more is preferably 10% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2% by mass or more and 2.0% by mass or less. (Phenol-based compound) The phenol-based compound is a known compound, and may be, for example, an alkyl-substituted phenol such as mono-t-butyl hydrazine or p-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenol. The 2,6-dialkylphenol derivative compound and the so-called hindered phenol compound described in the columns 12 to 14 of the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,839,4,5, wherein a hindered phenol compound is preferred. Specific examples of the hindered phenol phenol-based compound include η-octadecyl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-propionate and η-octadecyl group. 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-acrylate, η-octadecyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, η- Hexyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl benzoate, η-lauryl 3,5-di-t-butyl-tetra-hydroxyphenyl benzoate, new laurel 3-(3,5-di-t-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, lauryl hydrazine (3,5-di-t-butyl-tetra-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, Ethyl α - (4 -hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylphenyl) isobutyrate, octadecyl α - (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylphenyl) Isobutyrate, octadecyl α — (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t~butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 2~(n-octylsulfanyl)ethyl 3, 5-二-29- 200906942 One t-butyl-4-hydroxyl-benzoate, 2-(η-octylsulfanyl)ethyl 3,5-di-t Butyl-4-hydroxyl-phenyl acrylate, 2-(η-yttrium-based thio)ethyl 3,5- ___ — t-butyl-tetra-phenyl-phenylpropionate, 2_(η- Octadecylthio)ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyl-benzoate, 2-(2-hydroxyethylsulfanyl)ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl 4- 4-hydroxybenzoate, diethyl diol di-(3,5-di-t-butyl-tetra-hydroxy-phenyl)propionate, 2-(η-octadecylsulfide) Ethyl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, stearylamine hydrazine, hydrazine-bis-[Ethyl 3-(3,5-di-t Monobutyl- 4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], η-butylimine N,N-bis-[Ethyl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) Propionate], 2-(2_stearyloxyethylthio)ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl- 4-hydroxybenzoate, 2-(2-stearyloxy) Ethylthio)ethyl 7-(3-methyl-5-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)heptanoate, 1,2-propanediol di-[3 - (3,5-di-tButyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], ethylene glycol bis-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], neopentyl glycol Bis-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], ethylene glycol di-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) Acrylate), glycerol-1-l-octadecanoate-2,3-di-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl acrylate), pentaerythritol-[3- (3',5'-di-t-butyl- 4'-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 3,9-bis-{2 -[3-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy- 5-methylphenyl)propanyloxy]-1,1-dimethylethyl} — 2,4,8,10 —tetraoxa-spiro-[5.5]undecane, -30- 200906942 i 1,1,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3 , 5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 2-hydroxyethyl 7-(3-methyl-5-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 2 _ stearyloxyethyl 7_(3-methyl~5-t~butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)heptanoate, 1,6-η-hexanediol bis[(3',5'- Di-1,4-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], pentaerythritol monoterpene (3,5-di-t-t-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate). The above-mentioned compound of the type 'is, for example, the trade names of "IRgaNOX 1 076" and "IRGANOX 1010" available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd. (Phosphorus-based compound) The phosphorus-based compound which is useful in the present invention may, for example, be a phosphite-based compound or a phosphonite-based compound. Specific examples of the phosphite-based compound include triphenyl phosphite, diphenylisodecyl phosphite, phenyl di-isodecyl phosphite, and decyl (nonylphenyl) subscale. Acid ester, ginseng (di-nonylphenyl) phosphite, ginseng (2,4 1-2 t-butylphenyl) phosphite sorbate, ginseng (2,4-di-t-butyl-5- Methylphenyl)phosphite, 1〇-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-9,1〇-dihydro--9-oxo-10-phosphine- 10-oxide, 6-[3_(3-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propoxy]-2,4,8,1〇41_t-butyl_. Monobenzo[d,f][l,3,2] _. A DIOXAPHOPHEPINE, tridecyl phosphite, etc. monophosphite-31 - 200906942 compound; 4,4'-butylene-double (3 -methyl-6-t-butylphenyl-denti-3-alkyl phosphite), 4,4'-isopropylidene-bis(phenyl-dialkyl (C12~C15) phosphorous acid a bisphosphite compound such as an ester; The phosphite-based compound of the above type may be, for example, "Sumilizer GP" of Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., ADK STAB PEP-24G of ADEKA, "ADK STAB PEP-36,, "ADK STAB 3010", " The trade names of ADK STAB HP-10" and "ADK STAB 21 12" are available. Specific examples of the phosphonite-based compound include dimethyl-phenylphosphinate, di-t-butyl-phenylphosphinate, and diphenyl-phenylphosphinate. , 2-(4-pentyl-phenyl)-phenylphosphinate, di-(2-t-butyl-phenyl)-phenylphosphinic acid vinegar, di-(2-methyl- 3 -pentyl-phenyl)-phenylphosphinate, di-(2-methyl-4-isooctyl-phenyl)-phenylphosphinate, di-(3-butyl- 4-a-methyl) Phenyl-phenyl)-phenylphosphinate, di-(3-hexyl-4-ethyl-phenyl)-phenyl sulfite vinegar, di-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl) a monophenylphosphinate, di-(2,3-dimethyl-4-ethyl-phenyl)phenylphosphonate, di-(2,6-diethyl- 3 butyl Phenylphenyl)-phenylphosphinate, di-(2,3-dipropyl-5-butylphenyl)-phenylphosphinate, di-(2,4,6-tri-t — butylphenyl)-phenylphosphinate, bis(2,4-di-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl)biphenyl-4-ylphosphonite Bis(2,4-di-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl)- 4'-(bis(2,41-2 di-butyl-5-methylphenoxy) quinone) biphenyl —4-one-one scaly vinegar, bismuth (2,4-di-t-one-32-200906942 butyl-phenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphonite, hydrazine 2,5-di-t-t-butyl-phenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, hydrazine (3,5-di-t-butyl-phenyl)-4 4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,3,4-trimethylphenyl)-4,4'-biphenylene quinone vinegar, bismuth (2,3 —monomethyl-5-ethyl-phenyl)-4,4′-biphenylene diphosphonite, hydrazine (2,3-dimethyl-1,4-propylphenyl)-4, 4'-biphenylene diphosphite, bismuth (2,3-dimethyl-5-t-butylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, Bismuth (2,5-dimethyl- 4 -t-butylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,3-diethyl-5-methyl Phenyl)-4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,6 Diethyl-4-methylphenyl)-4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,4,5-triethylphenyl)-4,4'-Asialian Phenyl diphosphonite, bismuth (2,6-diethyl-4-cyclopropyl)-4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,5-di Ethyl- 6-butylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,3-diethyl-5-t-butylphenyl)-4,4 '-Linkene phenyl di- arsenic acid vinegar, hydrazine (2,5 - _ethyl-6-t-butylphenyl) - 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphonite, hydrazine (2,3-dipropyl-5-methylphenyl)-4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,6-dipropyl-4-methylphenyl) a 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,6-dipropyl-5-ethylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphonate , (2,3-dipropyl-6-butylphenyl)-4,4'-biphenylene diphosphonite, bismuth (2,6-dipropyl-5-butylbenzene) Base)—4,4' —biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,3 -dibutyl-4-methylphenyl-33- 200906942 ) a 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphonite, hydrazine (2,5-dibutyl-3-methylphenyl) —4,4′-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,6-dibutyl-4-methylphenyl)-4,4′-biphenylene diphosphinate , 肆 (2,4 - one-t-butyl-3-methylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene-one-nano acid vinegar, bismuth (2,4 one one one t-butyl —-5-methylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, hydrazine (2,41-2 di-butyl-6-methylphenyl)-4,4 'A biphenylene diphosphite, bismuth (2,5- _-t-butyl-3-methylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate,肆(2,5-di-t-t-butyl-4-methylphenyl)-4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, hydrazine (2,5-di-t-butyl- 6-methylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,6-di-t-butyl-3-methylphenyl)- 4,4' Biphenylene diphosphite vinegar, bismuth (2,6 — __ —t — butyl 4-methylphenyl) — 4, 4′ — subunitic base — arsenic acid vinegar, hydrazine (2,6-mono-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) a 4,4 '-biphenylene dibasic acid ester, bismuth (2,3-dibutyl-4-ethylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphonite , 2,4, di-butyl-3-ethylphenyl)-4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,5-dibutyl-4-ethylbenzene) a 4,4'-biphenylene- ary acid vinegar, bismuth (2,4 - ___t - butyl-3-ethylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diam Phosphonate, bismuth (2,4-di-t-butyl-5-ethylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,4-—one _ t — butyl-6-ethylphenyl)-4,4′-biphenylene diphosphinate, hydrazine (2,5-di-t-butyl-3-ethylphenyl)— 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,5-di-t-butyl-butyl- 4-34-200906942 monoethylphenyl)-4,4,-biphenylene Diphosphonate, bismuth (2,5 one two one T-butyl-6-ethylphenyl)-4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, hydrazine (2,6-di-t-butyl-3-ethylphenyl)- 4,4, a biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,6-di-t-butyl-4-ethylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphonium Acid ester, hydrazine (2,6-di-t-butyl-5-ethylphenyl)- 4,4'-biphenylene diphosphinate, hydrazine (2,3,4-tributyl) Phenyl)-4,4,-biphenylene diphosphinate, bismuth (2,4,6-tri-t-butylphenyl)-4,4,_biphenylene di- Phosphonate and the like. The phosphorus-based compound of the above type can be obtained, for example, from the trade name "IRGAFOS P-EPQ of Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd., "GSY-P 101" by Suga Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) as useful in the present invention. The phosphorus compound is preferably a phosphinic acid phthalate compound, such as ruthenium (2,4-di-t-butyl-phenyl)- 4,4,-biphenylene diphosphinate, etc. 4,4 , a biphenylene di-phosphinate compound is preferably 'excellently ruthenium (2,4-di-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl)-4,4'-biphenylene Di-phosphonite. (A large-radical radical scavenger) The "alkyl radical scavenger" of the present invention is capable of imparting a radical reaction capable of reacting rapidly with a radical of a home base, and is carried out with a radical radical. A compound which does not cause a stable product of the subsequent reaction after the reaction. Preferred examples of the alkyl radical scavenger in the present invention include the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the above formula (2)-35-200906942. Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (1) are described, and the present invention is not limited thereto. In the above general formula (1), R! represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R2 and R3 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and may be linear or may have a branched structure or a cyclic structure. R2 and R3 are preferably a structure represented by "*-C(CH3)2-R'" containing a carbon of 4 grades (* is represented by a linking moiety of the aromatic ring, and R' is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms). R2 is preferably tert-butyl or tert-pentyl. R3 is preferably tert-butyl, tert-pentyl or tert-octyl. As a compound represented by the above general formula (1), "Sumi 1 izer G Μ,", "S umi 1 izer GS," is commercially available from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., and the general formula (1) is given below. Specific examples of the compound shown are not limited thereto. -36- 200906942 [化3]

{CH?)&gt;-CH=CH-(CH2)7CH3 卿Λ -37- 200906942 mi (1)-4{CH?)&gt;-CH=CH-(CH2)7CH3 卿Λ -37- 200906942 mi (1)-4

CHg CHaCHg CHa

qcH?h H3C—c—CH3 HaG-C-CH^ (CH2)2GH3 {CHi)2CH3 (1)-6 OH (HsChC、^i^ 一 CH2qcH?h H3C-c-CH3 HaG-C-CH^(CH2)2GH3 {CHi)2CH3 (1)-6 OH (HsChC, ^i^ a CH2

〇 o-g-ch=ch2CIGH3)3〇 o-g-ch=ch2CIGH3)3

H3C-C-CH3 H3C-C-CH3 (CH2)4eH3 &lt;ch2)4ch3 (1)-7 OH 0-C-GH=CH2 ΐγί eHa γί ch3 ch3 -38- 200906942 [化5]H3C-C-CH3 H3C-C-CH3 (CH2)4eH3 &lt;ch2)4ch3 (1)-7 OH 0-C-GH=CH2 ΐγί eHa γί ch3 ch3 -38- 200906942 [Chemical 5]

ch2ch3 h3c oh H3G-CH2Ch2ch3 h3c oh H3G-CH2

(H3C)3C.(H3C) 3C.

H3C-C-CH3 HaC-d-CHa (CH2)2CH3 (qH2)2CH3 0-d-eH=0H2 ,C(CHa)s 0~G-CH=CH2 C&lt;CH3)s 9-G-GH-CH2 CHi CHi-Cfiz ch3 p-C-CH-CHj C(CHs)3 (1)-12H3C-C-CH3 HaC-d-CHa (CH2)2CH3 (qH2)2CH3 0-d-eH=0H2, C(CHa)s 0~G-CH=CH2 C&lt;CH3)s 9-G-GH-CH2 CHi CHi-Cfiz ch3 pC-CH-CHj C(CHs)3 (1)-12

(HiChC(HiChC

CH=CH2 C(〇H3k H3C-C-GH3 HiC—斤一 C:H3 _4CH3 (ch2)4ch3 -39- 200906942 [化6〕 (1)-13 H3GH2C{H3G)i&lt;; (11-14 H4CH2C(H3C)2C (”—1S HaCHiqHjC^p, (1)-16 HaCH2e(H3C)20CH=CH2 C(〇H3k H3C-C-GH3 HiC-Jianyi C:H3 _4CH3 (ch2)4ch3 -39- 200906942 [1]-13 H3GH2C{H3G)i&lt;; (11-14 H4CH2C( H3C)2C ("-1S HaCHiqHjC^p, (1)-16 HaCH2e(H3C)20

CH=CH2 .CfCB^CHsCHa C^-CH^G^ C(CH3)2CH2CH3 H3C- CH3 HSC-,—CHy 0-C-CH=CH2 C_iCH 雜 O^C-CH=CH2 C(C%)2GH2CH3 (1)-17CH=CH2 .CfCB^CHsCHa C^-CH^G^ C(CH3)2CH2CH3 H3C-CH3 HSC-,—CHy 0-C-CH=CH2 C_iCH Miscellaneous O^C-CH=CH2 C(C%)2GH2CH3 ( 1)-17

ch2 ch2 I * 2 CHa CHa O H3CH2C(H3C)2CCh2 ch2 I * 2 CHa CHa O H3CH2C(H3C)2C

C(CH3)2CH2CH3 HiC-^-CHj H3C^G-CH3 卿撕 (CH綱3 (1 卜 18 〇 OH 〇-C-CH=CH2 HsCH2C(H3C)2C ^CtCHs^CHjCH, 一 c-ch=ch2C(CH3)2CH2CH3 HiC-^-CHj H3C^G-CH3 Qing tear (CH class 3 (1 卜 18 〇 OH 〇-C-CH=CH2 HsCH2C(H3C)2C ^CtCHs^CHjCH, one c-ch=ch2

HsG-iC-CHi HaC-C-CHa (CH^CHa (CHJiGHj 其次,對於本發明所使用的前述一般式(2 )所示化 合物之具體例做說明,但本發明未受到這些限定。 一般式(2)中,R12〜Ri5爲各彼此獨立表示氫原子 或取代基。民12與R13、1113與Rm、或R14與R15可彼此結 -40- 200906942 袠示1〜4的整數 2〜4的整數時, 合形成環。r16表示氫原子或取代基,η ,Π表示1時,Ru表示取代基,η表示 Rii表示2〜4價之連結基。 R12〜Rl5表示取代基時,作爲該取代基並無特別限定 ’例如可舉出院基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、 t - 丁基 '戊、辛基、月桂基、三氟甲基等)、 環烷基(例如,環戊基、環己基等)、芳基(例如,苯基 、萘基等)、醯胺基(例如,乙醯胺基、苯甲醯胺基等) 、烷基硫基(例如,甲基硫基、乙基硫基等)、芳基硫基 (例如,苯基硫基、萘基硫基等)、烯基(例如,乙烯基 、2-丙烯基' 3 一丁烯基、丨一甲基丙烯基、3 一戊 烯基、1—甲基—3 — 丁烯基、4_己烯基、環己烯基等) 、鹵素原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等 )炔基(例如,丙炔基等)、雜環基(例如’吡啶基、 噻唑基、噁唑基、咪唑基等)、烷基磺醯基(例如,甲基 磺醯基、乙基磺醯基等)、芳基磺醯基(例如,苯基磺醯 基、萘基磺醯基等)、烷基亞磺醯基(例如,甲基亞磺醯 基等)、芳基亞磺醯基(例如’苯基亞磺醯基等)、膦醯 基、醯基(例如,乙醯基、三甲基乙醯、苯甲醯基等)、 胺基甲醯基(例如,胺基羰基、甲胺基羰基、二甲胺基羰 基 丁肢基擬基、環己fe基鑛基、苯胺基親基、2 -啦Π定 胺基羰基等)、胺磺醯基(例如,胺基磺醯基、甲胺基磺 酿基、二甲胺基磺醯基、丁胺基磺醯基、己胺基磺醯基、 環己胺基磺醯基、辛胺基磺醯基、月桂胺基磺醯基、苯胺 -41 - 200906942 基磺醯基、萘胺基磺醯基、2-吡啶胺基磺醯基等)、磺 醯胺基(例如,甲烷磺醯胺基、苯磺醯胺基等)、氰基、 院氧基(例如,甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等)、芳氧基( 例如,苯氧基、萘氧基等)、雜環氧基、甲矽烷氧基、醯 氧基(例如,乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等)、磺酸基、磺酸 之鹽、胺基羰氧基、胺基(例如,胺基、乙胺基、二甲胺 基、丁胺基、環戊胺基、2 -乙基己胺基、月桂胺基等) 、苯胺基(例如,苯胺基、氯苯胺基、甲苯胺基、茴香胺 基、萘胺基、2 -吡啶胺基等)、亞胺基、脲基(例如, 甲基脲基、乙基脲基、戊基脲基、環己基脲基、辛基脲基 、月桂基脲基、苯基脲基、萘基脲基、2-卩]:t陡胺基脲基 等)、烷氧基羰胺基(例如,甲氧基羰胺基、苯氧基羰胺 基等)、丨兀興基象基(例如,甲氧基幾基、乙氧基幾基、 苯氧基簾基等)、方氧基幾基(例如,苯氧基幾基等)、 雜環硫基、硫脲基、羧基、羧酸之鹽、羥基、氫硫基、硝 基等各基。這些的取代基亦可同樣地經取代基進一步取代 〇 前述一般式(2 )中,Rl2〜R1S以氫原子或烷基爲佳 〇 前述一般式(2)中’ Ri6表示氫原子或取代基,R|6 所不取代基可舉出與R 1 2〜R t 5所示相同取代基。特別以 Rl6表示氫原子爲佳。 前述一般式(2)中,n表示丨〜4的整數^爲丨時 ,Rm表示取代基,作爲取代基,可舉出與Ri2〜所示 -42- 200906942 相同取代基。n表示2〜4的整數時,Rii表示各對應之2 〜4價連結基。HsG-iC-CHi HaC-C-CHa (CH^CHa (CHJiGHj Next, a specific example of the compound represented by the above general formula (2) used in the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In 2), R12 to Ri5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Min 12 and R13, 1113 and Rm, or R14 and R15 may be bonded to each other -40 to 200906942, and an integer of 2 to 4 of 1 to 4 is shown. When a ring is formed, r16 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, η, Π represents 1, and Ru represents a substituent, and η represents a linking group in which Rii represents a valence of 2 to 4. When R12 to Rl5 represent a substituent, the substituent is used. There is no particular limitation 'for example, a hospital base (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl 'pentyl, octyl, lauryl, trifluoromethyl, etc.), cycloalkyl group (eg, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), aryl (eg, phenyl, naphthyl, etc.), guanylamino (eg, acetamido, benzylamino, etc.), alkylthio (eg, , methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), arylthio (eg, phenylthio, naphthylthio, etc.), alkenyl (eg, vinyl, 2- Propylene group '3-butenyl group, fluorenyl-methacryl group, 3-pentenyl group, 1-methyl-3-butenyl group, 4-hexenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, etc.), halogen atom (for example , a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like) an alkynyl group (for example, a propynyl group, etc.), a heterocyclic group (for example, 'pyridyl group, thiazolyl group, oxazolyl group, imidazolyl group, etc.), an alkyl sulfonium group a group (for example, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, etc.), an arylsulfonyl group (for example, phenylsulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl, etc.), an alkylsulfinyl group (for example, A) a sulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group (for example, 'phenyl sulfinyl group, etc.), a phosphinium group, a fluorenyl group (for example, an ethyl sulfonyl group, a trimethyl acetamyl group, a benzamidine group, etc.) Aminomethyl sulfhydryl (for example, aminocarbonyl, methylaminocarbonyl, dimethylaminocarbonylbutyryl), cyclohexylamine, anilino, oxalylaminocarbonyl Et.), amidoxime (for example, aminosulfonyl, methylaminosulfonic acid, dimethylaminosulfonyl, butylaminosulfonyl, hexylaminosulfonyl, cyclohexylsulfonyl) Mercapto, octylamine sulfonate Base, lauryl sulfonyl sulfonyl, aniline-41 - 200906942 sulfonyl sulfhydryl, naphthylaminosulfonyl, 2-pyridylaminosulfonyl, etc.), sulfonylamino (eg, methanesulfonylamino, Benzenesulfonylamino group, etc., cyano group, alkoxy group (for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, etc.), aryloxy group (for example, phenoxy group, naphthyloxy group, etc.), heteroepoxy a base, a pyrenyloxy group, a decyloxy group (for example, an ethoxylated group, a benzhydryloxy group, etc.), a sulfonic acid group, a salt of a sulfonic acid, an aminocarbonyloxy group, an amine group (for example, an amine group, B Amino group, dimethylamino group, butylamino group, cyclopentylamino group, 2-ethylhexylamino group, laurylamine group, etc.), anilino group (for example, anilino group, chloroanilino group, toluidine group, anisidine group) , naphthylamino, 2-pyridineamino, etc.), imine, urea (for example, methylureido, ethylureido, pentylureido, cyclohexylureido, octylurea, lauryl urea a group, a phenylureido group, a naphthylureido group, a 2-oxime]: a t-stactylureido group, etc., an alkoxycarbonylamine group (for example, a methoxycarbonylamino group, a phenoxycarbonylamine group, etc.)丨兀兴基象基 (for example, A a aryl group, an ethoxy group, a phenoxy group, etc., a aryloxy group (for example, a phenoxy group, etc.), a heterocyclic thio group, a thiourea group, a carboxyl group, a salt of a carboxylic acid, Each group such as a hydroxyl group, a hydrogenthio group, or a nitro group. Further, these substituents may be further substituted by a substituent. In the above general formula (2), Rl2 to R1S are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. In the above general formula (2), 'Ri 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The unsubstituted group of R|6 may be the same substituent as shown by R 1 2 to R t 5 . In particular, a hydrogen atom is preferably represented by R16. In the above general formula (2), when n is an integer of 丨~4, R is R, and Rm is a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those shown by Ri2~-42-200906942. When n represents an integer of 2 to 4, Rii represents each of the corresponding 2 to 4 valent linking groups.

Rl 1表示2〜4價連結基時,作爲2價連結基,例如可 舉出可具有取代基之2價伸烷基、可具有取代基之2價伸 方基、氧原子、氮原子、硫原子、或這些連結基之組合。 作爲3價連結基,例如可舉出可具有取代基之3價伸 院基、可具有取代基之3價伸芳基、氮原子、或這些連結 基之組合’作爲4價連結基,例如可具有取代基之4價伸 院基、可具有取代基之4價伸芳基、或這些連結基之組合 〇 前述一般式(2 )中’ η以1爲佳,此時的R n以取代 或無取代之苯基爲佳’作爲取代基,以碳原子數1至! 8 的烷基、碳原子數1至18的烷氧基爲佳,碳原子數1至 8的院基 '碳原子數1至8的院氧基爲較佳。 以下雖表示本發明中前述一般式(2)所示化合物的 具體例,本發明並非限定於此。 -43- 200906942 [化7]When R1 1 represents a 2 to 4 valent linking group, examples of the divalent linking group include a divalent alkylene group which may have a substituent, a divalent extended group which may have a substituent, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and sulfur. Atom, or a combination of these linkages. Examples of the trivalent linking group include a trivalent stretching group which may have a substituent, a trivalent extended aryl group which may have a substituent, a nitrogen atom, or a combination of these linking groups as a tetravalent linking group. a tetravalent stretching group having a substituent, a tetravalent aryl group which may have a substituent, or a combination of these linking groups. In the above general formula (2), 'η is preferably 1 and R n is substituted or Unsubstituted phenyl is preferred as a substituent, with a carbon number of 1 to! The alkyl group of 8 and the alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms are preferred, and the group of 1 to 8 carbon atoms having a carbon number of 1 to 8 is preferred. Hereinafter, specific examples of the compound represented by the above general formula (2) in the present invention are shown, and the present invention is not limited thereto. -43- 200906942 [化7]

ch3Ch3

ch3Ch3

ch3Ch3

ch3 -44 200906942 [化8]Ch3 -44 200906942 [Chemical 8]

45- 200906942 [化9]45- 200906942 [Chem. 9]

-46 - 200906942 [化 10]-46 - 200906942 [Chem. 10]

(2)-26(2)-26

ch3Ch3

-47- 200906942 [化 11]-47- 200906942 [Chem. 11]

-48- 200906942 [化 12]-48- 200906942 [Chem. 12]

-49- 200906942 [化 13]-49- 200906942 [Chem. 13]

-50- 200906942 [化 14] 響-50- 200906942 [化14]

Ri (2)-52 —ch3 —H —e4H9(s) —H (2 卜 53 —C4H$(s) —H —哪t} —H (2)-54 —Ws) —H -CsH^y —H (2)-55 一 H 一 CSH副 —H (2)-56 -c*H9(t) 一 H -CSH”W —H (2)^57 —灿‘㈤ —H -_(S) 一 H (2)-58 —C4H9(t) —H —(CH2kCp2CeH17(ii) —H (2)-59 —C卿 —H —陶iCO卢 8h17〇) —H (2)-60 —C4H9(t) —H —卿 iCQ2(CH 滅 C4Hs ⑻ —H (2)-61 —CnHjjS —H —CH3 —H (2)-62 '~~'^8^7 —H —CHi —H (2)-63 —C&lt;isH33 —H —cH3 一 H (2)-64 *C24H49 —H —CHS —H (2)-65 —C4H9(t) —H —ci —H (2)-66 —G4H9W —H —0CH3 —H (2)-67 ~C4H9(t) —H —〇-CaH17(n) —H (2)-68 H5C- —ch3 —H H,C 一 一 ch3 一H H3C&quot; 'CH3 h3c,、ch3 (2)-69 —H —H —OG4H9(n) —H (2)-70 一 H —H —OCH3 —H (2)-71 —H —H —gh3 一 H 200906942 [化 15]Ri (2)-52 —ch3 —H —e4H9(s) —H (2 卜 53 —C4H$(s) —H —which t} —H (2)-54 —Ws) —H —CsH^y — H (2)-55 -H - CSH sub-H (2)-56 -c*H9(t) -H -CSH"W -H (2)^57 - Can'(5) -H -_(S) H (2)-58 —C4H9(t) —H —(CH2kCp2CeH17(ii)—H (2)-59 —C Qing—H—Tao iCO Lu 8h17〇 — —H (2)-60 —C4H9(t) —H —卿iCQ2(CH 灭C4Hs (8) —H (2)-61 —CnHjjS —H —CH3 —H (2)-62 '~~'^8^7 —H —CHi —H (2)-63 — C&lt;isH33 —H —cH3 —H (2)-64 *C24H49 —H —CHS —H (2)-65 —C4H9(t) —H —ci —H (2)-66 —G4H9W —H —0CH3 — H (2)-67 ~C4H9(t) —H —〇—CaH17(n) —H (2)-68 H5C— —ch3 —HH,C—one ch3—H H3C&quot; 'CH3 h3c,,ch3 (2 )-69 —H —H —OG4H9(n) —H (2)-70 —H —H —OCH3 —H (2)-71 —H —H —gh3 —H 200906942 [Chem. 15]

始物 腻 «2 r3 B* (2)-72 一 Η —H —卿q —H (2)-73 —Η —H -CsHiiW —H ⑵-74 一 Η —H (2)-75 —C讲 m —H —CHa —H (2)-76 HaG- -C8H„(t) —H (2)-77 h3c— —gh3 —H —c$H19 —H h3c ;八叫 (2)-78 h3c— —ch3 一 H —C12H2s —H k/CH, H3C' ch3 (2)-79 h3c— -CH, —H —(CHihCOjOeHiTin) —H k^CH, Ha&lt; : GHs (2)-80 —H —H h3c— -gh3 —H HaC^CHa (2)-81 —H —d-CeHir(n) —H —H (2)-82 一 H —0-C8H17(i) 一 H —H (2)^83 一 H —NHCOCiHe ⑻ —H —H ⑵一84 —H —〇-C8H17(ft) —Cl *—H (2)-85 一 CH % 一 0-CeH„(n) —H 一H (2)-86 —CH, —〇-C8H17(I) —H —Cl {2)-87 —H -〇-CeHi7(n) —H 一 ei (2)-88 ——H —N陶2 —H —H -52 200906942 [化 16] mm (2)-89 (2)-90 (2)-91 (2)-92 (2)-93 (2)-94 (2)-95 (2)-96 (2)-97 (2)-9¾ (2)-99 (2)-100 (2)-101 (2)-102 (2)-103 (2)-104 (2)-105 (2)-106 (2)-107 (2)-108 (2)-109 (2)-110 (2)-111Greasy «2 r3 B* (2)-72 一Η —H —卿q —H (2)-73 —Η —H —CsHiiW —H (2)-74 一Η—H (2)-75 —C m —H —CHa —H (2)-76 HaG- -C8H„(t) —H (2)-77 h3c— —gh3 —H —c$H19 —H h3c ;eight call (2)-78 h3c— —ch3 —H —C12H2s —H k/CH, H3C′ ch3 (2)-79 h3c— —CH, —H —(CHihCOjOeHiTin) —H k^CH, Ha< ̄ : GHs (2)-80 —H —H H3c— -gh3 —H HaC^CHa (2)-81 —H —d-CeHir(n) —H —H (2)-82 I H —0-C8H17(i) One H —H (2)^83 H-NHCOCiHe (8) - H - H (2) - 84 - H - 〇 - C8H17 (ft) - Cl * - H (2) - 85 - CH % - 0 - CeH „(n) — H — H (2) - 86 —CH, —〇-C8H17(I) —H —Cl {2)-87 —H —〇-CeHi7(n) —H —ei (2)-88 —H—N陶 2 —H —H — 52 200906942 [Chem. 16] mm (2)-89 (2)-90 (2)-91 (2)-92 (2)-93 (2)-94 (2)-95 (2)-96 (2) -97 (2)-93⁄4 (2)-99 (2)-100 (2)-101 (2)-102 (2)-103 (2)-104 (2)-105 (2)-106 (2) -107 (2)-108 (2)-109 (2)-110 (2)-111

-c4h9(1) —H -〇m) 一 H _H 一聊綱 —H —H —H 一 0(Crt?)20CHj —OC2H5 —H 一 H —H —H 一 H —Cl —H —H —Cl ~C4H9{t) 一 H —H —H —H —H —ch3 —H —OCH3 —H —H —H —H —H —H ^-H ^C8H17(t) —CHi —(CH^OH 一咖_獅· —_綱 —{ghj2〇c〇ch3 —CiHsW -C3H7O) —Η —Η-c4h9(1) - H - 〇m) - H _H A Talk - H - H - H - 0 (Crt?) 20CHj - OC2H5 - H - H - H - H - H - Cl - H - H - Cl ~C4H9{t) H-H - H - H - H - ch3 - H - OCH3 - H - H - H - H - H - H ^ - H ^ C8H17(t) - CHi - (CH ^ OH _狮·—_纲—{ghj2〇c〇ch3—CiHsW -C3H7O) —Η—Η

—Cl —Cl —Η —F 一 CN —CH3 -GiHs —c〇ch3 —COiPiHsdi) _。心—Cl —Cl —Η —F — CN —CH 3 —GiHs —c〇ch3 —COiPiHsdi) _. heart

Rs H —H —H —H —H —H —H 一 H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H 一 H —H —H —H —H —H —H 53- 200906942 [化 17]Rs H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H —H 53— 200906942 [Chemistry 17 ]

化合物 No. r2 Ra R4 Rs (2)-112 —Η —Η —ch2oh —H (2)-113 —Η —Η —οη2οη —H (2)-114 —Η —Η -S02CBH17(i) 一 H (2)-115 —Η —C15H3i(n) —H —H (2)-116 —csh19 —Η 一CgH&quot; —H (2)-117 -cf3 —Η —H —H (2)-118 i-o —Η —Cl —H (2)-119 —Η —Η o —H (2)-120 —Η —C4H9(t) —H -C*H9(t) (2)-121 —Η —Η Η O 一^f CH3 —H (2)-122 —Η —Η —H —H (2)-123 —Η —C4H9(t) 一 H —H (2)-124 —Η —ch3 —H 一 ch3 (2)-125 —Η —Η —(CH2)2C02C1BH37(n) —H (2)-126 —C4H,(t) —Η —H -c4H9(t) (2)-127 —Η —ch3 —H —H (2)-128 -ο —Η —H —H (2)-129 —Η 一 och3 —H —H (2)-130 —Η —OH —H —H (2)-131 —Η —OCOC17H35 —H —H (2)-132 —Η —OH —H (2)-133 —C8H17(t) —H —C8H17(t) —H 54- 200906942 [化 18]Compound No. r2 Ra R4 Rs (2)-112 —Η —Η —ch2oh —H (2)-113 —Η —Η —οη2οη —H (2)-114 —Η —Η —S02CBH17(i) One H ( 2)-115 —Η —C15H3i(n) —H —H (2)-116 —csh19 —Η A CgH&quot; —H (2)-117 -cf3 —Η —H —H (2)-118 io —Η —Cl —H (2)-119 —Η —Η o —H (2)-120 —Η —C4H9(t) —H —C*H9(t) (2)-121 —Η —Η Η O 一^ f CH3 —H (2)-122 —Η —Η —H —H (2)-123 —Η —C4H9(t) —H —H (2)-124 —Η —ch3 —H —ch3 (2)- 125 —Η —Η —(CH2)2C02C1BH37(n) —H (2)-126 —C4H,(t) —Η —H —c4H9(t) (2)-127 —Η —ch3 —H —H (2 )-128 -ο -Η -H -H (2)-129 -Η an och3 -H -H (2)-130 -Η -OH -H -H (2)-131 -Η -OCOC17H35 -H -H (2)-132 —Η —OH —H (2)-133 —C8H17(t) —H —C8H17(t) —H 54- 200906942 [Chem. 18]

-55- 200906942 [化 19]-55- 200906942 [Chem. 19]

-56- 200906942 [化 20]-56- 200906942 [Chem. 20]

(其他抗氧化劑) 作爲其他抗氧化劑,具體可舉出二-月桂基3 , 3 -硫二 丙酸酯、二一肉豆蔻基3,3’一硫二丙酸酯、二一硬脂醯基 3,3 —硫二丙酸酯、月桂基硬脂醯基3,3 -硫二一丙酸酯、 季戊四醇一肆—月桂基硫一丙酸酯)、3,9-雙(2 -月桂基硫乙基)—2,4,8,10 —四噁一螺一 [5,5]十一烷等硫 磺系化合物。上述形式的硫磺系化合物,例如可由住友化 學工業股份有限公司購得“Sumilizer TPL-R”及“Sumilizer TP-D”之商品名。且,特公平0 8-275 0 8所記載的3,4—二 -57- 200906942 一氫一 2H — 1 -苯並吡喃系化合物、3,3’一螺—二—色滿 系化合物、1,1 一螺一茚滿系化合物、嗎啉、硫嗎啉、硫 嗎啉氧化物、硫嗎啉二-氧化物、具有將哌嗪骨架作爲部 分結構之化合物、特開平3-174150號所記載的二烷氧基 苯系化合物等氧掃除劑等。這些化合物之部分結構可爲聚 合物之一部分、或規則地成爲聚合物之側鏈。 《受阻胺光安定劑》 本發明中,光學薄膜之熱熔融時的劣化防止劑,又由 對於製造後作爲偏光子保護薄膜被曝曬的外光或液晶顯示 器之背光的光而言之劣化防止劑,可舉出受阻胺光安定劑 (H A L S )化合物,此爲已知化合物,例如含有如美國專 利第4,6 1 9,956號說明書之第5〜11欄及美國專利第 4,83 9,405號說明書之第3〜5欄所記載之2,2,6,6—四烷 基哌啶化合物、或彼等酸加成鹽或彼等與金屬化合物之錯 合物。 作爲受阻胺光安定劑之具體例,可舉出雙(2,2,6,6 一 四甲基一4一哌啶)癸二酸酯、雙(2,2,6,6—四甲基_4 一 哌啶)琥珀酸酯、雙(1,2,2,6,6 —五甲基一 4一哌啶)癸 二酸酯、雙(N -辛氧基一 2,2,6,6-四甲基一 4 —哌啶) 癸二酸酯、雙(N—苯甲氧基2,2,6,6—四甲基一 4 —哌啶 )癸二酸酯、雙(N —環己氧基2,2,6,6—四甲基一 4一哌 啶)癸二酸酯、雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基_4一哌啶)2-( 3,5—二一 t 一丁基—4 —羥基苯甲基)一 2 — 丁基丙二酸酯 -58- 200906942 、雙(1一丙烯醯一2,2,6,6-四甲基一 4 —哌啶)2,2—雙 (3,5 —二一 t一丁基一 4一羥基苯甲基)一 2—丁基丙二酸 酯、雙(1,2,2,6,6 —五甲基一 4 一哌啶)癸二酸酯、 2.2.6.6— 四甲基一 4 —哌啶甲基丙烯酸酯、4一 〔3 - (3,5 —二一 t 一丁基—4 —羥基苯基)丙醯基氧基〕—1 一〔2 — (3 -(3,5 -二一 t一 丁基一 4一羥基苯基)丙醯基氧基) 乙基〕一2,2,6,6 —四甲基哌啶、2 —甲基一2— (2,2,6,6 — 四甲基一 4一哌啶)胺基一N— (2,2,6,6 —四甲基一 4 —哌 啶)丙醯胺、肆(2,2,6,6 -四甲基一 4 一哌啶)1,2,3,4 — 丁四羧酸酯、肆(1,2,2,6,6 —五甲基一4 一哌啶)1,2,3,4 -丁四羧酸酯等。 又,可爲高分子型化合物,作爲具體例可舉出 N,N’,N”,N”’一肆—〔4,6 —雙—〔丁基—(N —甲基— 2.2.6.6— 四甲基哌啶4一基)胺基〕—三嗪2—基〕一 4,7 一一—氮雜癸院基一 1,10-二胺、二丁胺與1,3,5 -三曉 冰&gt;4’一雙(2,2,6,6—四甲基一4—哌啶)-1,6—六伸甲基 二胺與N- (2,2,6,6—四甲基一 4 一哌啶)丁胺之縮聚物 、二丁胺與1,3, 5 -三嗪與Ν,Ν’一雙(2,2,6,6 —四甲基— 4 一哌啶)丁胺之縮聚物、聚〔{( 1 , 1 ,3,3 —四甲基丁基 )胺基一 1,3,5—三嗪 2,4 一二一基} { (2,2,6,6- 四甲基 一 4 —哌啶)亞胺}六伸甲基{ (2,2,6,6 —四甲基一4一哌 啶)亞胺} 〕 、1,6 -己烷二胺—Ν,Ν’ 一雙(2,2,6,6-四 甲基一 4 —峨D定)與嗎琳一 2,4,6 —二氯一 1,3,5 —二曉之縮 聚物、聚〔(6 -嗎啉代一 s -三嗪2,4 一二一基)〔( -59- 200906942 2.2.6.6 —四甲基一 4 —哌啶)亞胺〕~六伸甲基〔( 2,2,6,6-四甲基一 4一哌啶)亞胺〕〕等哌啶環爲介著三 曝骨架以複數結合之高分子量HALS;琥珀酸二甲基與4 —羥基_2,2,6,6 —四甲基一1—哌啶乙醇之聚合物、 1,2,3,4 — 丁四羧酸與1,2,2,6,6 -五甲基—4 —哌啶醇與 3,9一雙(2—羥基一 I,!—二甲基乙基)—2,4,M〇_四噁 -螺- [5,5]十一烷之混合酯化物等哌啶環介著酯鍵結合之 化合物等,但並未限定於此。 彼等中亦以二丁胺與1,3,5_三嗪與 Ν,Ν’ -雙( 2.2.6.6 —四甲基一 4 一哌D定)丁胺之縮聚物、聚〔{( 1,1 ,3,3-四甲基丁基)胺基一 1,3,5 —三嗪2,4—二—基} { (2,2,6,6 —四甲基一 4 一脈H定)亞胺}六伸甲基{( 2.2.6.6 —四甲基一4 —哌啶)亞胺}〕、琥珀酸二甲基與 4一羥基一 2,2,6,6—四甲基一 1 一哌啶乙醇之聚合物等之數 平均分子量(Μη)爲2,000〜5,000者爲佳。 上述形式之受阻胺化合物’例如可使用由 Ciba Specialty Chemicals 股份有限公司購得之 “TINUVIN144” 及“TINUVIN770”、由股份有限公司 ADEKA購得之“ADK STAB LA-5 2”之商品名。 本發明中,受阻胺光安定劑對於本發明相關纖維素酯 之質量而言,以添加ο·1〜10質量%時爲佳’較佳爲添加 0_2〜5質量%,更佳爲添加0.5〜2質量%。這些可並用 2種以上。 -60- 200906942 《酸捕捉劑》 纖維素酯亦可如熔融製膜所進行的高溫環境下藉由酸 而促進分解’本發明之光學薄膜中作爲劣化防止劑以含有 酸捕捉劑者爲佳。 作爲本發明中之有用酸捕捉劑,僅爲與酸進行反應後 使酸成惰性化之化合物即可,其中亦以美國專利第 4,137,201號說明書所記載之具有環氧基之化合物爲佳。 作爲如此酸捕捉劑之環氧化合物於該技術分野中爲已 知物’含有種種聚二醇之二環氧丙醚,特別爲每聚二醇1 莫耳中約8〜40莫耳之環氧乙烷等經縮合衍生之聚二醇、 甘油之二環氧丙醚等金屬環氧化合物(例如,氯化乙烯聚 合物組成物中’與氯化乙烯聚合物組成物同時自過去即被 利用者)、環氧化醚縮合生成物、雙酚A之二環氧丙醚 (即,4,4’一二羥基二苯基二甲基甲烷)、環氧化不飽和 脂肪酸酯(特別爲2〜22個碳原子之脂肪酸的4〜2個程 度之碳原子的烷基酯(例如,丁基環氧基硬脂酸酯)等) 、及種種環氧化長鏈脂肪酸甘油三酸酯等(例如,環氧化 大豆油、環氧化亞麻仁油等)之組成物作爲代表例之環氧 化植物油及其他不飽和天然油(彼等有時稱爲環氧化天然 甘油酯或不飽和脂肪酸,這些脂肪酸爲一般含有12〜22 個碳原子)。 又,作爲購得之含有環氧基的環氧化物樹脂化合物, 亦可使用EPON 8 1 5C或其他環氧化醚寡聚物縮合生成物 -61 - 200906942 且作爲可使用於上述以外之酸捕捉劑’含有氧雜環丁 烷化合物或噁唑啉化合物、或鹼土類金屬之有機酸鹽或乙 醯丙酮鹽錯合物、特開平5- 1 947 8 8號公報之段落68〜 所記載者。 本發明中,酸捕捉劑對於本發明相關纖維素酯之質量 而言以添加0.1〜10質量%爲佳,以添加0.2〜5質量% 較佳,以添加0.5〜2質量%爲更佳。這些可並用2種以 上。 且,酸捕捉劑有時稱爲酸掃去劑、酸捕獲劑、酸除去 劑等,於本發明中皆可使用。 《金屬惰性劑》 所謂金屬惰性劑,表示氧化反應中作爲啓始劑或觸媒 作用之金屬離子惰性化的化合物,可舉出醯肼系化合物、 草酸二醯胺系化合物、三唑系化合物等,例如可舉出 N,N’ —雙〔3-(3,5 —二—t— 丁基一 4 —羥基苯基)丙醯 基〕肼、2-羥基乙基草酸二醯胺、2 —羥基—N —(1H — 1,2,4 一三唑—3 —基)苯甲醯胺、N— (5— yert — 丁基—2 —乙氧基苯基)— Ν’一(2—乙基苯基)草酸醯胺等。 本發明中,金屬惰性劑對於本發明相關纖維素酯之質 量而言,添加0.0002〜2質量%爲佳,添加0.0005〜2質 量%爲較佳,添加0.001〜1質量%爲更佳。這些可並用2 種以上。 -62- 200906942 《可塑劑》 本發明的藉由熔融流延之光學薄膜的形成中,光學薄 膜中以添加至少1種之可塑劑爲佳。 所謂可塑劑,一般藉由添加於高分子中而改良脆弱性 、或賦予柔軟性效果之添加劑,但本發明中,藉由添加可 塑劑因可達到光學薄膜之機械性質提高、拉裂強度提高、 賦予耐吸水性、水分透過率之減低等效果,可將具有如此 效果之材料作爲可塑劑使用爲佳。 作爲適用於本發明之可塑劑,例如可舉出磷酸酯系可 塑劑、多元醇類酯系可塑劑(乙二醇酯系可塑劑、甘油酯 系可塑劑、二甘油酯系可塑劑等)、多元羧酸酯系可塑劑 、碳水化物酯系可塑劑、聚合物可塑劑等。 其中以多元醇類酯系可塑劑及多元羧酸酯系可塑劑爲 佳’更以多元醇類酯系可塑劑爲較佳。 又’可塑劑可爲液體或固體,組成物原則上以無色爲 佳。 添加量僅不會對光學物性•機械物性造成壞影響者即 可’其添加量可適宜地選自不損害本發明之目的的範圍內 者’對於本發明相關之纖維素酯的質量,較佳爲含有1〜 25質量%者爲特徴之光學薄膜。若比1質量%少時不會 得到平面性改善效果,若超過2 5質量%時,容易產生外 滲’使得薄膜之經時安定性降低而不佳。 較佳爲含有可塑劑3〜20質量%之光學薄膜,更佳爲 含有5〜15質量%之光學薄膜。 -63- 200906942 以下對於本發明所使用的可塑劑之具體例做說明,但 本發明並未受限於此。 本發明中’多元醇類與1元羧酸所成之酯系可塑劑、 及多元羧酸與1元醇類所成之酯系可塑劑與纖維素酯之親 和性較高故較佳’多元醇類與1元羧酸所成之酯系可塑劑 與纖維素酯之親和性更高故特佳。 且,所謂多元醇類酯系之可塑劑爲,一分子中具有複 數經基之化合物、與1元有機酸經縮合的化合物稱爲多元 醇類酯系可塑劑,所謂多元羧酸酯系之可塑劑爲,一分子 中具有複數羧酸基之化合物、與複數1元醇類或酚經縮合 之化合物稱爲多元羧酸酯系可塑劑。 作爲適用於本發明之酯系可塑劑的原料之多元醇類例 子’例如可舉出如以下者,但本發明並未限定於此。 核糖醇、阿糖醇、乙二醇、甘油、二甘油、二乙二醇 、三乙二醇、四乙二醇、U —丙烷二醇、1,3 —丙烷二醇 '二丙二醇、三丙二醇 '丨,2- 丁二醇、1,3 — 丁二醇、1,4 一 丁二醇、二丁 二醇、1,2,4- 丁 三醇、1,5 - 戊二醇、1,6 —己二醇、己三醇、半乳糖醇、甘露糖醇、3 -甲基戊烷 一 1,3,5 —三醇、頻哪醇、山梨糖醇、三羥甲基丙烷 '二 三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、 木糖醇等。特別以乙二醇、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷爲佳。 又’作爲較佳有機酸之例子,可舉出乙酸、丙酸、丁 酸、異丁酸、三甲基乙酸、丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、環己烷 殘酸、安息香酸、茴香酸' 3,4,5 —三甲氧基安息香酸、 -64- 200906942 甲苯酸、tert - 丁基安息香酸、萘酸、皮考啉酸等,但以 可降低纖維素酯之透濕度的效果較高的不飽和羧酸,例如 藉由芳香族羧酸形成多元醇類酯爲佳。 使用於多元醇類酯之有機酸可爲1種類,或混合2種 以上。又,多元醇類中之OH基可皆經酯化、或亦可一部 分保留OH基。 作爲多元醇類酯系之一的乙二醇酯系可塑劑,具體可 舉出乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二丁酸酯等乙二醇烷酯系 可塑劑、乙二醇二環丙基羧酸酯 '乙二醇二環六羧酸酯等 乙二醇環烷酯系可塑劑、乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、乙二醇二一 4一甲基苯甲酸酯等乙二醇芳酯系可塑劑。 這些烷基化物基、環烷基化物基、聚芳基物基可爲相 同或相異,且可再被取代。 又’亦可爲烷基化物基、環烷基化物基、聚芳基物基 之混合’且這些取代基之間可彼此以共價鍵結合。 且乙二醇部亦可被取代,乙二醇酯之部分結構可爲聚 合物之一部分、或規則地成爲側鏈,又亦可導入於抗氧化 劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一部 〇 作爲多元醇類酯系之—的甘油酯系可塑劑,具體可舉 出三醋精、甘油三丁酸酯、甘油二乙酸酯辛酸酯、甘油醇 酸醋丙酸酯等甘油烷酯、甘油三環丙基羧酸酯、甘油三環 己基竣酸酯等甘油環烷酯、甘油三苯甲酸酯、甘油4一甲 基本甲酸酯等甘油芳酯、二甘油四乙醯化物、二甘油四丙 -65- 200906942 酸酯、二甘油丙烯酸酯三辛酸酯、二甘油四月桂酸酯、等 二甘油烷酯、二甘油四環丁基羧酸酯、二甘油四環戊基羧 酸酯等二甘油環烷酯、二甘油四苯甲酸酯、二甘油3-甲 基苯甲酸酯等二甘油芳酯等。這些烷基化物基、環烷基羧 酸酯基、聚芳基物基可爲相同或相異,更可被取代。 又,烷基化物基、環烷基羧酸酯基、聚芳基物基之混 合亦可,又這些取代基間彼此可以共價鍵結合。且甘油、 二甘油部亦可被取代,甘油酯、二甘油酯的部分結構可爲 聚合物之一部分、或規則地成爲側鏈、又可導入於抗氧化 劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一部 分。 作爲其他多元醇類酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出特開 2003 - 1 2823號公報之段落3〇〜33所記載的多元醇類酯系 可塑劑、季戊四醇四苯甲酸酯等。 這些院基化物基、環烷基羧酸酯基、聚芳基物基可爲 相同或相異’且可再被取代。又可爲烷基化物基、環烷基 駿酸醋基、聚芳基物基之混合,又這些取代基間彼此可以 共價鍵結合。 且’多兀醇類部亦可被取代,多元醇類之部分結構可 爲$ 〇物之部分、或規則地成爲側鏈,又可導入於抗氧 化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一 部分。 上述多元醇類與1元羧酸所成之酯系可塑劑中,以烷 基多兀醇類芳酷爲自’具體可舉出上述乙二醇二苯甲酸酯 -66- 200906942 、甘油三苯甲酸酯、二甘油四苯甲酸酯、特開 2 0 0 3 - 1 2 8 2 3號公報之段落3 1所記載之例示化合物1 6。 作爲多元羧酸酯系之一的二羧酸酯系可塑劑’具體可 舉出二月桂基丙二酸酯、二辛基己二酸酯、二丁基癸二酸 酯等的烷基二羧酸烷酯系可塑劑、二環戊基琥珀酸酯、二 環己基己二酸酯等的烷基二羧酸環烷酯系可塑劑、二苯基 琥珀酸酯、二4-甲基苯基戊二酸酯等的烷基二羧酸芳酯 系可塑劑、二己基一 1,4 一環己烷二羧酸酯、二癸基二環 [2.2.1]庚烷一2,3 —二羧酸酯等環烷基二羧酸烷酯系可塑 劑、二環己基—1,2 —環丁烷二羧酸酯、二環丙基—1,2 -環己基二羧酸酯等環烷基二羧酸環烷酯系可塑劑、二苯基 —1,1 一環丙基二羧酸酯、二2-萘基一 1,4一環己烷二羧 酸酯等環烷基二羧酸芳酯系可塑劑、二乙基酞酸酯、二甲 基酞酸酯、二辛基酞酸酯、二丁基酞酸酯 '二2—乙基己 基酞酸酯等的芳基二羧酸烷酯系可塑劑、二環丙基酞酸酯 、二環己基酞酸酯等的芳基二羧酸環烷酯系可塑劑、二苯 基酞酸酯、二- 4 一甲基苯基酞酸酯等的芳基二羧酸芳酯 系可塑劑、丁基鄰苯二醯基丁基乙醇酸酯、乙基鄰苯二醯 基乙基乙醇酸酯等二醇酸酯系可塑劑、檸檬酸乙醯基三甲 基、檸檬酸乙醯基三乙基、檸檬酸乙醯基三丁基等檸檬酸 系可塑劑等。 這些院氧基、環烷氧基可爲相同或相異,或可被取代 ’這些取代基可再被取代。烷基、環烷基可爲混合,又這 些取代基間彼此可以共價鍵結合。 -67- 200906942 且,鄰苯二甲酸的芳香環亦可被取代,可爲二聚物、 三聚物、四聚物等多聚物。又’鄰苯二甲酸酯的部分結構 可爲聚合物之一部分、或規則地成爲聚合物之側鏈,亦可 導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分 子結構一部份。 作爲其他多元羧酸酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出三月桂基 三羧酸酯、三丁基—mes〇 一丁烷—1,2,3,4一四羧酸酯等的 焼基多元羧酸烷酯系可塑劑、三環己基三羧酸酯、三環丙 基—2一經基一 1,2,3—丙烷三羧酸酯等的烷基多元羧酸環 院酯系可塑劑、三苯基2—羥基一〗,2,3_丙烷三羧酸酯、 四3—甲基苯基四氫肤喃2,3,4,5 一四羧酸酯等的烷基多元 竣酸芳酯系可塑劑、四己基一 1,2,3,4_環丁四羧酸酯、四 丁基- 1,2,3,4 -環戊院四羧酸酯等環院基多元竣酸院酯系 可塑劑、四環丙基一 1,2,3,4 一環丁四羧酸酯、三環己基— 1,3,5 -環己基三羧酸酯等環烷基多元羧酸環烷酯系可塑 劑、二苯基一 1,3,5 —環己基三羧酸酯 '六4 —甲基苯基〜 1,2,3,4,5,6~環己基六羧酸酯等環烷基多元羧酸芳酯系可 塑劑、三月桂基苯1,2,4—三羧酸酯、四辛基苯1,2,4,5〜 四竣酸酯等的芳基多元羧酸烷酯系可塑劑、三環戊基苯 1,3,5-二羧酸酯 '四環己基苯1,2,3,5 一四羧酸酯等的芳 基多元殘酸環烷酯系可塑劑三苯基苯丨,3,5-四羧酸醋、 六4—甲基苯基苯1,2,3,4,5,6-六羧酸酯等的芳基多元竣 酸方酯系可塑劑。 些院氧基、環烷氧基可爲相同或相異’又可1取代 -68- 200906942 、或适些取代基可進一步被取代。烷基、環烷基可 或這些取代基間可彼此以共價鍵結合。 且’鄰苯二甲酸的芳香環亦可被取代,可爲二 三聚物、四聚物等多聚物。又,鄰苯二甲酸酯之部 可爲聚合物的一部分、或規則地成爲聚合物之側鏈 導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加 子結構一部份。 上述多元羧酸與1元醇類所成之酯系可塑劑中 基二羧酸烷酯爲佳,具體可舉出上述二辛基己二酸 作爲本發明所使用的其他可塑劑,可舉出磷酸 塑劑、碳水化物酯系可塑劑、聚合物可塑劑等。 作爲磷酸酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出三乙醯基 、三丁基磷酸酯等磷酸烷酯 '三環戊基磷酸酯、環 酸酯等磷酸環烷酯、三苯基磷酸酯、三甲酚磷酸酯 苯基磷酸酯、辛基二苯基磷酸酯、二苯基聯苯基磷 三辛基磷酸酯、三丁基磷酸酯、三萘基磷酸酯、三 苯基)磷酸酯、參正聯苯基磷酸酯等磷酸芳酯。這 基可爲相同或相異,且可被取代。又,可爲烷基、 、芳基之混合,又取代基間彼此可以價鍵結合。 又,伸乙基雙(二甲基磷酸酯)、伸丁基雙( 磷酸酯)等伸烷基雙(二烷基磷酸酯)、伸乙基雙 基磷酸酯)、伸丙基雙(二-萘基磷酸酯)等伸烷 二一芳基磷酸酯)、伸苯基雙(二丁基磷酸酯)、 基雙(二辛基磷酸酯)等伸芳基雙(二烷基磷酸酯 混合、 聚物、 分結構 ,亦可 劑之分 ,以烷 酯。 酯系可 磷酸酯 己基磷 、甲酚 酸酯、 (二甲 些取代 環烷基 二乙基 (二苯 基雙( 亞聯苯 ) '伸 -69- 200906942 苯基雙(二苯基隣酸醋)、伸萘基雙(二〜甲苯醯基磷酸 酯)等伸芳基雙(二-芳基磷酸酯)等磷酸酯。這些取代 基可爲相同或相異’且可被取代。 又可爲丨兀基、環丨兀基、方基之混合、或取代基間彼此 可以共價鍵結合。 且,磷酸酯之部分結構可爲聚合物之一部分、或規則 地成爲側鏈,又可導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸 收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一部分。上述化合物中以磷酸 芳酯、伸芳基雙(二-芳基磷酸酯)爲佳,具體以三苯基 磷酸酯、伸苯基雙(二苯基磷酸酯)爲佳。 其次,對於碳水化物酯系可塑劑做說明。所謂碳水化 物爲,糖類以啦喃糖或咲喃糖(6員環或5員環)之形態 下存在的單糖類、二糖類或三糖類。作爲碳水化物之非限 定例子,可舉出葡萄糖、蔗糖、乳糖、纖維二糖、甘露糖 、木糖、核糖、半乳糖、阿拉伯糖、果糖、山梨糖、纖維 丙糖及棉子糖等。 所謂碳水化物酯爲,碳水化物之羥基與羧酸經脫水縮 合而形成酯化合物者,詳係爲表示碳水化物之脂肪族羧酸 酯、或芳香族羧酸酯。作爲脂肪族羧酸,例如可舉出乙酸 、丙酸等,作爲芳香族羧酸,例如可舉出安息香酸、甲苯 酸、茴香酸等。 碳水化物爲具有視其種類之羥基數,可爲羥基的一部 分與羧酸進行反應而形成酯化合物,或羥基全部與羧酸經 反應而形成酯化合物。 -70- 200906942 本發明中,羥基全部與羧酸經反應而形成酯化合物爲 佳u 作爲碳水化物酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出葡萄糖五丙烯 酸酯、葡萄糖五丙酸酯、葡萄糖五丁酸酯、蔗糖八丙烯酸 酯、蔗糖八苯甲酸酯等,其中蔗糖八丙烯酸酯、蔗糖八苯 甲酸酯爲較佳,蔗糖八苯甲酸酯爲特佳。上述型之碳水化 物酯系可塑劑,例如可使用由第一工業製藥公司購得之“ 莫諾比特SB”及“莫諾比特SOA”之商品名。 作爲聚合物可塑劑,具體可舉出脂肪族烴系聚合物、 脂環式烴系聚合物、聚丙烯酸乙酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、 甲基丙烯酸甲酯與甲基丙烯酸一 2—羥基乙基之共聚物、 甲基丙烯酸甲酯與丙烯酸甲酯與甲基丙烯酸一 2 —羥基乙 基之共聚物等丙烯酸系聚合物、聚乙烯異丁醚、聚N-乙 烯吡咯烷酮等乙烯系聚合物、聚苯乙烯、聚4 一羥基苯乙 烯等苯乙烯系聚合物、聚丁烯琥珀酸酯、聚乙烯對苯二甲 酸酯、聚乙烯萘酸酯等聚酯、聚乙烯氧化物、聚丙烯氧化 物等聚醚、聚醯胺、聚尿烷、聚脲等。數平均分子量以 1000〜500000程度爲佳,特佳爲5000〜200000。1000以 下時揮發性會產生問題,超過500000時會使可塑化能力 降低,對於光學薄膜之機械性質會產生壞影響。 這些聚合物可塑劑可爲1種重複單位所成之單獨聚合 體,亦可爲具有複數重複結構體之共聚物。又,亦可使用 並用2種以上的上述聚合物。 本發明之光學薄膜中,含有多元醇類與1元羧酸所成 -71 - 200906942 之酯系可塑劑、多元羧酸與1元醇類所成之酯系可塑劑1 〜2 5質量%爲佳,但可並用除此以外之可塑劑。 本發明之光學薄膜中,多元醇類與1元羧酸所成之酯 系可塑劑爲更佳’ 3元以上的醇類與1元羧酸所成之酯系 可塑劑對於纖維素酯之相溶性較高,可高添加率下添加爲 特徴,故即使並用其他可塑劑或添加劑亦不會產生外滲, 視必要容易地與其他種類的可塑劑或添加劑並用最佳。 《紫外線吸收劑》 本發明中,光學薄膜進一步含有紫外線吸收劑時可提 局耐久性較佳。 紫外線吸收劑由對偏光子或顯示裝置之紫外線的劣化 防止觀點來看’波長3 7 0 n m以下之紫外線的吸收能較優 良’且由液晶顯不性之觀點來看,以波長400nm以上之 可見光的吸收較小者爲佳。 作爲本發明所使用的紫外線吸收劑,例如可舉出氧基 二苯甲酮系化合物、苯並三唑系化合物、水楊酸酯系化合 物、二苯甲酮系化合物、氰基丙烯酸酯系化合物、鎳錯鹽 系化合物、三嗪系化合物等,但以二苯甲酮系化合物或著 色較少的苯並三π坐系化合物、三嗪系化合物爲佳。 又,可使用特開平10-182621號、同8-337574號公 報所記載的紫外線吸收劑、特開平6 - 1 4 8 4 3 0號、特開 2 0 03 - 1 1 3 3 1 7號公報所記載的高分子紫外線吸收劑。 作爲苯並三唑系紫外線吸收劑之具體例,可舉出2 - -72- 200906942 (2, 一羥基一 5, 一甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2— (2’_羥基 一 3,,5,一二一tert— 丁基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2,—羥基 一 3’一 tert — 丁基一5,一甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2_ (2’ 一 羥基—3’,5’一二—tert- 丁基苯基)一 5 —氯苯並三唑、2 —(2,一羥基一3,一 (3”,4”,5”,6”一四氫酞醯亞胺甲基) 一 5’ 一甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2,2 -伸甲基雙(4 一 ( 1,1,3,3—四甲基丁基)一6-(211—苯並三唑一2—基) 酧)、2— (2,—羥基一 3’一tert— 丁基一 5’ 一甲基苯基) —5 —氯苯並二哩、2 — ( 2 —經基—3 - tert — 丁 基 一 5 ’ _ (2 —辛氧基羰基乙基)_苯基)—5 —氯苯並三唑、2 —(2,一羥基一3’ 一 (1_甲基—1_苯基乙基)一 5’ _(1,1,3,3,一四甲基丁基)一苯基)苯並三唑、2—(211 _苯並二哩—2 —基)一 6 -(直鍵及支鍵月桂基)一 4一 甲基酚、辛基一 3— 〔3 - tert — 丁基_4 一羥基一 5- (氯 一 2H —苯並三唑_2_基)苯基〕丙酸酯與2_乙基己基 —3-〔3— tert — 丁基一 4 一經基—5— (5 —氯一 2H —苯 並三唑- 2—基)苯基〕丙酸酯之混合物等,但不限定於 此。 又’作爲販賣品可舉出TINUVIN ( TINUVIN ) 326、 TINUVIN ( TINUVIN) 109、TINUVIN ( TINUVIN ) 171、 TINUVIN ( TINUVIN ) 900、TINUVIN ( TINUVIN ) 928、 TINUVIN ( TINUVIN) 360 (皆爲 Ciba Specialty Chemicals 公司製)、LA31(ADEKA 公司製)、Sumisorb 250 (住友化學公司製)'、RUV A-100 (大塚化學製)。 -73- 200906942 作爲二苯甲酮系化合物之具體例,可舉出2,4 -二羥 基二苯甲酮、2,2’一二羥基_4 一甲氧基二苯甲酮、2—羥 基一4 一甲氧基一5 —磺基二苯甲酮、雙(2 —甲氧基_4一 羥基- 5 -苯甲醯基苯基甲烷)等,但不限定於此。 本發明中,紫外線吸收劑以苯並三唑系化合物爲佳。 本發明中,紫外線吸收劑對於本發明之纖維素酯的質 量而言,以添加 〇·1〜10質量%時爲佳,以添加 0.2〜5 質量%時爲較佳,以添加0.5〜3質量%時爲更佳。這些 可並用2種以上。 又,苯並三唑結構或三嗪結構可爲聚合物之一部分、 或規則地成爲聚合物之側鏈,導入於可塑劑、抗氧化劑、 酸掃去劑等其他添加劑的分子結構之一部份。 作爲過去公知之紫外線吸收性聚合物,並無特別限定 ’例如可舉出將RUVA-93 (大塚化學製)經單獨聚合之 聚合物及RUVA-9 3與其他單體經共聚合之聚合物等。具 體可舉出將RUVA-93與甲基甲基丙烯酸酯以3: 7的比( 質量比)下進行共聚合之PUVA-30M、以5: 5之比(質 量比)下進行共聚合之PUVA_5〇M等。且可舉出特開 2〇03- 1 1 33 1 7號公報所記載的聚合物等。 《其他添加劑》 本發明中’纖維素醋中可含有劣化防止劑、可塑劑或 抗紫外線劑以外之其他種種添加劑。例如可舉出消光劑、 塡充劑、二氧化矽或矽酸鹽等無機化合物、染料、顔料、 -74- 200906942 螢光體、二色性色素、滯留性控制劑、折射率調整劑、氣 透過抑制劑、抗菌劑、生分解性賦予劑等。 又,僅具有上述功能者即可,亦可使用於此未被分類 的添加劑。 而作爲將這些添加劑含於纖維素酯之方法,可將各材 料直接以固體或液體的形式混合,經加熱熔融後混煉成均 一熔融物後,經流延後形成光學薄膜之方法、或預先將所 有材料使用溶劑等溶解成均一溶液後,除去溶劑,形成添 加劑與纖維素酯之混合物,將此經加熱熔融並流延後形成 光學薄膜。 (消光劑) 本發明之薄膜中欲賦予滑潤性或光學性、機械性功能 時可添加消光劑。作爲消光劑可舉出無機化合物之微粒子 或有機化合物之微粒子。 消光劑的形狀可使用球狀、棒狀、針狀、層狀、平板 狀等形狀者爲佳。作爲消光劑’例如可舉出二氧化矽素、 二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、氧化锆、碳酸鈣、陶土、滑石、燒成 砂酸鈣、水合矽酸鈣、矽酸鋁、矽酸鎂、磷酸鈣等金屬之 氧化物、磷酸鹽、矽酸鹽、碳酸鹽等無機微粒子或交聯高 分子微粒子。 其中二氧化矽素可降低薄膜的霧値故較佳。 這些微粒子可藉由有機物進行表面處理,進而降低薄 膜的霧値故較佳。 -75- 200906942 表面處理可以鹵矽烷類、烷氧基矽烷類、矽氮、矽氧 烷等進行爲佳。微粒子的平均粒徑越大滑潤性效果越大, 相反地若平均粒徑越小透明性越優良。 又,微粒子的一次粒子之平均粒徑爲0.01〜1.0#m 的範圍。較佳微粒子之一次粒子的平均粒徑以5〜5 Onm 爲佳,更佳爲7〜14nm。彼等微粒子於纖維素酯薄膜表面 可生成0.01〜l.〇/zm之凹凸故較佳。 作爲二氧化矽素之微粒子,可舉出日本AERO SIL ( 股)製 AEROSIL(AEROSIL) 200、200V、300 ' R972、 R972V、R974、R202、R812、0X50、TT600、NAX50 等 日本觸媒(股)製 KE-P10、KE-P30、KE-P100、KE-P150 等,較佳爲 AEROSIL 200V、R972V' NAX50、KE-P30、 KE-P100。彼等微粒子可並用2種以上使用。 2種以上倂用時,可以任意比率下混合使用。平均粒 徑或材質相異的微粒子,例如AEROSIL 200V與R972V 可於質量比爲0.1: 99.9〜99.9: 0.1範圍下使用。 這些消光劑之添加方法藉由混煉等進行爲佳.。又,作 爲另一形態’預先分散於溶劑之消光劑與纖維素酯及/或 可塑劑及/或抗氧化劑及/或抗紫外線劑經混合分散後, 將溶劑經揮發或沈澱後得到固體物,將此使用於纖維素酯 熔融物之製造過程時,可將消光劑均勻地分散於纖維素酯 中故佳。 欲改善薄膜的機械性、電氣、光學特性,可添加上述 消光劑。 -76- 200906942 且’添加這些微粒子,可提高所得之薄膜的滑潤性, 但添加後會提高霧値,故含有量較佳爲〇.〇 01〜5質量% ’更佳爲0.005〜1質量%,最佳爲0.01〜0.5質量%。 且’作爲本發明之薄膜,霧値若超過1.0%時會影響 到光學用材料,較佳爲霧値未達1 · 0 %,更佳爲未達〇 . 5 %。霧値可以JIS-K-7136爲準進行測定。 上述光學薄膜之保存或製膜步驟中,有時會因空氣中 的氧而引發劣化反應。此時,並用上述添加劑時可達到安 定化作用,且可得到降低空氣中氧濃度之效果而實現本發 明。 作爲公知技術可舉出惰性氣體的氮或氬氣之使用、減 壓〜真空下的脫氣操作、及密閉環境下之操作,可並用此 3者之至少1種方法中存在上述添加劑的方法。 光學薄膜藉由減低與空氣中之氧接觸機率,可抑制該 材料之劣化,對於本發明目的而言較佳。 《光學薄膜》 其次對於本發明之光學薄膜做詳細說明。 所謂本發明之光學薄膜爲,使用於液晶顯示器、電漿 顯示器、有機EL顯示器等各種顯示裝置的功能薄膜,更 詳細爲含有液晶顯示裝置用偏光板保護薄膜、相位差薄膜 、防反射薄膜、壳度向上薄膜、硬塗佈薄膜、防眩薄膜、 靜電防止薄膜、視野角擴大等光學補償薄膜等。 本發明的光學薄膜中,本發明之纖維素酯以外,可包 -77- 200906942 含與本發明不相關的纖維素酯系樹脂、纖維素醚系樹脂、 乙烯系樹脂(亦含有聚乙酸乙烯酯系樹脂、聚乙烯醇系樹 脂等)、烯烴系樹脂(原菠烯系樹脂、單環的環狀烯烴系 樹脂、環狀共役二烯系樹脂、乙烯脂環式烴系樹脂等)、 聚酯系樹脂(芳香族聚酯、脂肪族聚酯、或含彼等之共聚 物)、丙烯酸系樹脂(亦含有共聚物)、聚碳酸酯系樹脂 、聚苯乙烯系樹脂、聚颯系樹脂、聚丙烯酸酯系樹脂等。 作爲纖維素酯以外之樹脂含有量以〇. 1〜3 0質量%爲佳。 本發明的光學薄膜可使用於偏光板保護薄膜、相位差 薄膜、光學補償薄膜。特別適用於偏光板保護薄膜。 《熔融流延法》 本發明之光學薄膜可藉由如前述之熔融流延而製造。 不使用溶液流延法中所使用的溶劑(例如二氯甲烷等), 藉由加熱熔融之熔融流延的成形法,更詳細可分類爲熔融 壓出成形法、加壓成形法、膨脹法、射出成形法、吹塑成 形法、延伸成形法等。 彼等中欲得到機械性強度及表面精度等優良的偏光板 保護薄膜,使用熔融壓出成形法爲佳。 光學薄膜於熔融及製膜步驟中,被要求較少或不產生 揮發成分。此爲加熱熔融時使其發泡,此可削減或迴避薄 膜內部之缺陷或薄膜表面之平面性劣化。 光學薄膜經熔融時的揮發成分含有量爲1質量%以下 ’較佳爲〇_5質量%以下,更佳爲0.2質量%以下,特佳 -78- 200906942 爲0.1質量%以下。 本發明中,使用差示熱重量測定裝置(SEIKO電 業公司製TG/DTA200 ) ’求得30°C至相當於溶融流 之溫度的加熱減量,將該量作爲揮發成分之含有量。 所使用的光學薄膜爲,將代表前述水分或前述溶 之揮發成分,於製膜前、或加熱時除去爲佳。 除去方法可適用公知乾燥方法,可進行加熱法、 法、加熱減壓法等方法,可於空氣中或作爲惰性氣體 氮氣之環境下進行。 進行這些公知之乾燥方法時,於不分解薄膜形成 之溫度區域下進行時對於薄膜之品質較佳。 製膜前進行乾燥時,可減低揮發成分之產生,可 素酯單獨、或纖維素酯與薄膜形成材料中,分割爲纖 酯以外的至少1種以上混合物或相溶物後進行乾燥。 溫度以70°C以上爲佳。 乾燥之材料中存在具有玻璃轉移溫度之物質時, 該玻璃轉移溫度還高之乾燥溫度下進行加熱時,材料 著而難以處理’故乾燥溫度爲玻璃轉移溫度以下時爲 複數物質具有玻璃轉移溫度時,以玻璃轉移溫度 之玻璃轉移溫度爲基準。較佳爲70。(:以上,(玻璃 溫度-5 ) °C以下,更佳爲丨丨0°C以上,(玻璃轉移溫^ )°C以下。 乾燥時間較佳爲〇 5〜2 4小時,更佳爲1〜1 8小 最佳爲1 . 5〜1 2小時。乾燥溫度若過低時揮發成分之 子工 延時 劑等 減壓 選擇 材料 纖維 維素 乾燥 於比 會熔 佳。 較低 轉移 f -20 時, 除去 -79- 200906942 率會變低,又乾燥所需時間會過長。 又,乾燥步驟可分爲2段階以上進行,例如,乾燥步 驟可含有材料保管之預備乾燥步驟、與製膜前〜1週前之 間所進行的前乾燥步驟。 (熔融壓出成形法) 以下以熔融壓出成形法爲例子,對於本發明之纖維素 酯薄膜的製造方法做說明。 圖1表示實施發明的纖維素酯薄膜之製造方法的裝置 全體構成槪略流程,圖2表示自流延塑模至冷卻輥部分的 擴大圖。 圖1與圖2中,本發明的纖維素酯薄膜之製造方法爲 ,混合纖維素酯樹脂等材料後,使用壓出機1,自流延塑 模4至第1冷卻輥5上進行溶融押出,外接於第1冷卻輥 5之同時,再順序地外接第2冷卻輥7、第3冷卻輥8之 總計3根的冷卻輥,經冷卻固化後成爲薄膜1 0。 經接著藉由剝離輥9進行剝離之薄膜1 0,藉由延伸 裝置12把持薄膜之兩端部往寬方向延伸後,藉由捲取裝 置1 6進行捲取。 又,設置將熔融薄膜挾持於第1冷卻輥5表面上之接 觸輥6。 該接觸輥6爲表面具有彈性者,與第1冷卻輥5之間 形成壓區(nip )。 對於接觸輥6於後面詳細敘述。 -80- 200906942 對於本發明之纖維素酯薄膜之製造方法,熔融壓出之 條件可爲與其他聚酯等之熱塑性樹脂所使用的條件相同下 進行。 材料預先經乾燥爲佳。以真空或減壓乾燥機或除濕熱 風乾燥機使水分乾燥至lOOOppm以下,較佳爲200ppm以 下爲佳。 例如,將熱風或真空或減壓下乾燥之纖維素酯系樹脂 使用壓出機1,以押出溫度200〜3 0 0°C程度下進行熔融, 以葉片型之過濾器2等進行過濾,除去異物。 自供給料斗(圖示略)導入至壓出機1時,真空下或 減壓下或惰性氣體環境下可防止氧化分解等爲佳。 以下對於本發明中的過濾必要性做詳細說明。 本發明所使用的纖維素酯以作爲光學薄膜時之亮點異 物較少者爲佳。 所謂亮點異物爲將2片偏光板配置成直交方向(正交 尼科耳),其間配置光學薄膜,其中一面由光源的光照射 ,由另一面觀察光學薄膜時,看到光源之光漏出之點。 此時於評估所使用的偏光板爲無亮點異物之保護薄膜 所構成者爲佳,偏光子之保護上使用玻璃板者爲佳。 而所謂光源之光漏爲,例如於液晶顯示裝置中顯示黑 色時,一部分發光而使其非常顯目者,由會使液晶顯示裝 置的品質大幅度降低的觀點來看,其爲必須迴避之事。 一般薄膜膜厚越薄每單位面積之亮點異物數越少,含 於薄膜之纖維素酯的含有量越少亮點異物有越少的傾向, -81 - 200906942 亮點異物爲亮點之直徑以0.01 mm以上且200個/cm2以下 爲佳’以1〇〇個/cm2以下爲較佳,50個/cm2以下爲更佳 ’ 30個/cm2以下爲特佳,1()個/cm2以下爲更特佳,皆無 爲最佳。 又’對於0.005〜0.01mm以下之亮點亦以200個/cm2 以下爲佳’ 100個/cm2以下爲較佳,50個/cm2以下爲更 佳,30個/cm2以下爲特佳,10個/cm2以下爲更特佳,皆 無爲最佳。 其中作爲考慮爲造成亮點異物之原因,可舉出以下。 1. 含於來自天然原料之材料的纖維素之異物(金屬 離子、垃圾等) 2. 纖維素酯之製造步驟中混入之異物(未醋化或低 醋化度之纖維素、金屬離子、垃圾等) 3. 將纖維素酯搬入由原材料公司名購入之壓出機時 所混入之異物(金屬離子、垃圾等) 上述有關1、2,纖維素酯之合成後期過程或得到沈 澱物之過程中任一過程中,一次溶解於溶劑中,於溶液狀 態下經由過濾步驟將異物除去之效果並未充分的情況較多 ,另一方面,幾乎無法避免3之情況。 因此,自壓出機至流延塑模之間必須介著過濾器來減 低亮點異物。 將亮點異物藉由熔融過濾除去時’由生產性、及纖維 素酯之劣化的觀點來看’當然以過濾時間較短者爲佳。 因此,熔融黏度較小者爲佳。 -82- 200906942 又,與過瀘單獨溶融纖維素酯相比較,過濾添加混合 劣化防止劑、可塑劑等之纖維素酯組成物時亮點異物之除 去效率更高,且於劣化防止上亦較佳。亦可過濾適宜地混 合紫外線吸收劑、其他添加物者。 作爲濾材,可使用玻璃纖維、纖維素纖維、濾紙、四 氟化伸乙基樹脂等氟樹脂等過去公知者,特別可使用陶瓷 器、金屬等。 作爲絕對過瀘精度以使用50 /z m以下者爲佳,30 // m 以下者爲較佳,以下者爲更佳,5//m以下者爲最 佳。這些可適宜組合後使用。 濾材可使用表面型或深度型,但深度型較不容易阻塞 而較佳。 僅考慮到過濾時,含有纖維素酯之熔融物黏度(熔融 黏度)一般爲5000Pa.s以下,較佳爲2000Pa.s以下, 更佳爲lOOOPa.s以下,特佳爲800Pa.s以下。熔融黏度 若過高時,過濾速度降低而引起生產性降低,滯留時間會 變長,而使樹脂劣化,且樹脂壓上昇引起濾材之破損等等 不佳情況。 且,不預先混合可塑劑等添加劑時,可於壓出機途中 進行混煉。欲使其均勻地添加時使欲靜態攪拌器3等混合 裝置爲佳。 本發明中,纖維素酯與其他視必要而添加之劣化防止 劑等添加劑,於熔融前進行混合爲佳,將纖維素酯與添加 劑於加熱前混合爲更佳。 -83- 200906942 混合可藉由混合機等進行’又’如前述亦可於纖維素 樹脂調製過程中混合。使用混合機時,可使用V型混合 機、圓錐螺旋型混合機、水平圓筒型混合機等、亨舍爾攪 拌機、螺帶式混合機等一般混合機。 如上述混合光學薄膜後,將該混合物使用壓出機丨進 行直接熔融而製膜、或亦可一旦將光學薄膜顆粒化後,該 顆粒以壓出機1進行熔融而製膜。 又’光學薄膜爲含有熔點相異的複數材料時,僅於可 熔融熔點較低的材料的溫度下,一旦製作成所謂的米通半 溶融物,再將半熔融物投入於壓出機1中而製膜。 於光學薄膜若含有容易熱分解之材料時,以減少熔融 次數爲目的下’未製造顆粒下進行直接製膜的方法、或如 上述作成如米通之半熔融物後再製膜之方法爲佳。 壓出機1可使用可購得之種種壓出機,但以熔融混煉 壓出機爲佳,單軸壓出機或2軸壓出機皆可。 由光學薄膜構成材料未製造顆粒下進行直接製膜時, 因適當的混煉度爲必要,故使用2軸壓出機爲佳,亦可爲 單軸壓出機、或將螺旋形狀變更爲Maddock型、Unimelt 型、D u 1 m a g e等混煉型之螺旋可得到適度混煉,故可使用 。作爲光學薄膜構成材料,一旦使用顆粒或米通半熔融物 時’可使用單軸壓出機,亦可使用2軸壓出機。 壓出機1內、及壓出後之冷卻步驟可由氮氣等惰性氣 體取代、或藉由減壓可降低氧濃度爲佳。 壓出機1內之光學薄膜的熔融溫度可依據光學薄膜黏 -84- 200906942 度或吐出量、製造之薄片厚度等而使較佳條件相異,但一 般對於薄膜之玻璃轉移溫度Tg而言,Tg以上,Tg + 1 3 0 °c以下,較佳爲T g + 1 0 °C以上,T g + 1 2 0 °c以下。 本發明之熔融壓出時的溫度以200 °C以上270°C以下 範圍爲佳。且230〜260°C之範圍爲佳。 壓出時的溶融黏度’ 一般爲10〜5000Pa.s,較佳爲 50〜2000Pa.s,較佳爲 1〇〇〜l〇〇〇pa.s,特佳爲 300〜 8 00Pa · s。熔融黏度過高時,過濾速度降低使得生產性降 低、滞留時間變長引起樹脂劣化、且樹脂壓上昇造成濾材 破損等不佳情況,相反地若過低時,薄膜製膜性(平面性 、條紋發生、扭曲產生、自輥之剝離性等)會劣化而不佳 〇 又,壓出機1內之光學薄膜滯留時間較短者爲佳,15 分鐘以內,較佳爲10分鐘以內,更佳爲5分鐘以內。滯 留時間會受到壓出機1之種類、壓出條件之控制,但可藉 由調整材料供給量或L/D、螺旋轉動數、螺旋之溝深度等 而縮短。 壓出機1的螺旋形狀或轉動數等可藉由光學薄膜之黏 度或吐出量等做適宜選擇。本發明中之壓出機1的剪斷速 度爲1/秒〜1 0000/秒,較佳爲5/秒〜1 〇〇〇/秒,更佳爲1 0/ 秒〜1 0 0 /秒。 作爲本發明所使用的壓出機1,一般可使用塑質成形 機。 自壓出機1所壓出的光學薄膜,介著過濾器2、靜態 -85- 200906942 攪拌器3 (但,靜態攪拌器3並非必須)送至流延塑模4 ,自流延塑模4之隙縫中壓出薄膜狀。流延塑模4僅爲使 用於製造薄片或薄膜者即可並無特別限定。 作爲流延塑模4之材質,可舉出將硬鉻、碳化鉻、氮 化鉻、碳化鈦、碳氮化鈦、氮化鈦、超鋼、陶瓷(碳化鎢 、氧化鋁、氧化鉻)等進行溶射或鍍敷,作爲表面加工, 可舉出施予使用拋光# 1 000支以下的磨石進行硏磨,使用 # 1 000支以上的鑽石磨石之平面切割(切割方向與樹脂的 流向呈垂直方向)、電解硏磨、電解複合硏磨等加工等。 流延塑模4的突出(lip)部之較佳材質與流延塑模4相 同。 又,突出部表面精度以0.5S以下爲佳,0.2S以下爲 較佳。 該流延塑模4之隙縫被構成爲可調整該間隔。此如圖 3所示。形成流延塑模4之隙縫32的一對突出(lip )中 ,一方爲剛性較低容易變形之可撓性突出3 3,另一方爲 固定突出34。 而多數加熱螺栓3 5於流延塑模4之寬方向,即隙縫 3 2之長方向以一定間距被排列。各加熱螺栓3 5中,設有 具有埋入電加熱器37與冷卻媒體通路之嵌段36,各加熱 螺栓3 5爲縱向貫通各嵌段3 6。加熱螺栓3 5的基部爲固 定於塑模本體3 1,先端爲銜接於可撓性突出3 3之外面。 而將嵌段3 6進行一般空調冷卻下,增減埋入電加熱 器37之入力並調整嵌段36之溫度,藉此熱伸縮加熱螺栓 -86- 200906942 3 5,使可撓性突出3 3變位而調整薄膜厚度。 於塑模後流之所要處設置厚度計,藉此經檢測的織物 厚度情報放入控制裝置中,將該厚度情報以控制裝置與設 定厚度情報作比較’可藉由來自同裝置之修正控制量的信 號來控制加熱螺栓之發熱體的電力或操作率。 加熱螺栓較佳爲長度20〜40cm、直徑7〜14mm,例 如數十根之複數加熱螺栓排列成較佳間距2〇〜4〇mm。取 代加熱螺栓,亦可設置於軸方向以手動使其前後移動來調 節隙縫間隔之螺栓作爲主體的間隔調節構件。藉由間隔調 卽構件經調節之隙縫間隔一般爲2 0 0〜1 〇 〇 〇 y m,較佳爲 300 〜800# m,更佳爲 400 〜600/zm。 第1〜第3冷卻輥爲壁厚20〜3〇mm程度之無縫鋼管 製,且表面經鏡面處理者。 其內部配置有流入冷卻液之配管,構成爲配管藉由流 入之冷卻液可吸收來自輥上的薄膜之熱。該第1至第3冷 卻輥內,第1冷卻輥5相當於本發明之轉動支持體。 一方面,銜接於第1冷卻輥5之接觸輥6,其表面具 有彈性,藉由對於第1冷卻輥5之壓力,沿著第1冷卻輥 5之表面而變形,與第1輥5之間形成壓區。即,接觸輥 6相當於本發明之夾壓轉動體。 圖4表示接觸輥6的一實施形態(以下稱爲接觸輥A )之槪略截面圖。如圖所示,接觸輥A爲於可撓性金屬 套管41的內部配置彈性滾筒42者。 金屬套管41爲厚度0.3mm之不鏽鋼製者’其具有可 -87- 200906942 撓性。金屬套管41若過薄時強度會不足’相反地 時則彈性會不足。 藉此作爲金屬套管41之厚度以0.1〜5&quot;1»1爲 性滾筒42爲,介著軸承轉動自在的金屬製內筒43 設有橡膠4 4成爲輥狀者。 而接觸輥A於第1冷卻輥5上被加壓時’彈 42爲金屬套管41於第1冷卻輥5被加壓、金屬€ 及彈性滾筒42爲對應第1冷卻輥5之相似形狀下 與第1冷卻輥之間形成壓區。 在金屬套管4 1之內部於彈性滾筒42之間所形 間中流入冷卻水4 5。 圖5、圖6表示夾壓轉動體之另一實施形態的 B。接觸輥B具有可撓性,由無縫不鏽鋼鋼管製 4 m m )的外筒5 1、與該外筒5 1內側配置成同一軸 高剛性金屬內筒5 2所槪略構成。 外筒5 1與內筒52之間的空間5 3中流入冷卻: 詳細而言,接觸輥B爲’於兩端轉動軸5 5 a、5 5 b 筒支持凸緣56a、56b’於此兩外筒支持凸緣56a、 外周部間裝上薄壁金屬外筒5 1。 又,形成於一方轉動軸5 5 a之軸心部所形成之 流通道5 7的流體排出孔5 8內,流體供給管5 9設 一軸心狀,該流體供給管5 9被連接固定於薄壁金 5 1內之軸心部所配置之流體軸筒60上。 於該流體軸筒60之兩端部可裝上內筒支持凸 若過厚 佳。彈 表面上 性滾筒 妻管41 變形, 成之空 接觸輥 (厚度 心狀的 夜54。 裝上外 56b之 流體回 置成同 屬外筒 緣6 1a -88- 200906942 、61b,自這些內筒支持凸緣61a、61b之外周部間至他端 側外筒支持凸緣56b裝上具有約15〜20mm程度壁厚的金 屬內筒52。 而於該金屬內筒5 2與薄壁金屬外筒5 1之間,例如形 成1 0mm程度的冷卻液之流送空間53,又於金屬內筒52 ,兩端部附近各形成連通流送空間5 3與內筒支持凸緣 6 1 a、6 1 b外側之中間通路6 2 a、6 2 b之流出口 5 2 a、及流 入口 52b 。 又,外筒5 1爲,因具有與橡膠彈性相近的柔軟性與 可撓性、復原性,於彈性力學的薄壁圓筒理論可適用之範 圍內達到薄壁化。該薄壁圓筒理論所評估的可撓性以壁厚 t/輥半徑r之比表示,t/r的比越小,可撓性越高。 該接觸輥B中,t/rS 0.03時,可撓性爲最適條件。 通常一般所使用的接觸輥爲,輥徑R = 2 00〜500mm C 輥半徑 r=R/2),輥有效寬度 L = 500〜1600mm下以 r/L&lt;l之橫長形狀者。 如圖6所示,例如輥徑:R = 3 0 0 m m、輥有效寬度:L =1 200mm時,壁厚:t之最適範圍爲 15〇χ〇·03 = 4 · 5 m m 以下,但對於溶融薄片寬度爲1 3 00mm而言,平均線壓以 9 8N/cm夾壓時,與同一形狀的橡膠輥比較,使外筒51的 壁厚爲3mm時反彈定數亦相等,外筒51與冷卻輥之壓區 的輥轉動方向之壓區寬度k亦爲約9mm,該橡膠輥之壓 區寬度顯示接近約1 2mm之値,得知相同條件下可夾壓。 且,該壓區寬度k中的撓曲量爲0.05〜0.1mm程度。 -89- 200906942 其中,作爲t/r芸0.03,一般輥徑:R=200〜500mm 時,特別以2 m m S t S 5 m m之範圍時,可得到充分的可撓 性’且藉由機械加工的薄壁化亦容易實施,成爲極實用之 範圍。壁厚爲2mm以下時,加工時的彈性變形無法進行 高精度加工。 該2mm g t S 5mm的換算値對於一般輥徑而言,雖成 爲0.008 St/r S0.05,但實用上於t/r与〇_〇3之條件下,與 輥徑成比例且壁厚亦變大爲佳。例如輥徑:R = 2 0 0中,t =2〜3mm,輥徑:R=500中,t=4〜5mm之範圍下選擇 〇 該接觸輕A、B爲,藉由未圖示之供能(energizing )手段,於第1冷卻輥提供能量。 該供能手段之供能力作爲F,除以於壓區(nip )之 薄膜的沿著第1冷卻輥5之轉動軸方向的幅度w之値= F/W (線壓)設定爲9.8〜147N/cm。 本實施之形態中,接觸輥A、B與第1冷卻輥5之間 形成壓區,該壓區(nip )於薄膜通過之間使其矯正成平 面性即可。 因此,與接觸輥由剛體所構成,與第1冷卻輥之間未 形成壓區(nip )時相比較’較小線壓下經過長時間夾壓 薄膜,故可更能確實地矯正平面性。 即,線壓若比9.8N/cm小時’塑膜線無法充分地消除 。相反地,線壓若比l47N/cm大時,薄膜不容易通過壓 區(nip ),薄膜厚度反而容易引起不均。 -90- 200906942 又’接觸輥A、B之表面由金屬所構成時,與接觸輥 表面爲橡膠的情況相比較’更能平滑接觸輥A、B之表面 ,故可得到平滑性較高的薄膜。 且,作爲彈性滾筒4 2之彈性體4 4的材質,可使用乙 烯-伸丙基橡膠、氯丁橡膠、矽橡膠等。 而欲藉由接觸輕6更能消除塑膜線,接觸|昆6夾壓薄 膜時的薄膜黏度必須爲適當範圍爲重要。 又,已知纖維素酯爲溫度所造成的黏度變化較爲大。 因此,欲將接觸輥6夾壓光學薄膜時的黏度設定於適 當範圍,接觸輥6夾壓光學薄膜時的薄膜溫度必須設定於 適當範圍爲重要。 而本發明者將光學薄膜之玻璃轉移溫度作爲Tg時, 光學薄膜夾壓於接觸輥6前的薄膜溫度T以滿足Tg&lt;T&lt; T g + 1 1 0 °C之條件者爲佳。 光學薄膜溫度T若比Tg低時,薄膜黏度會過高,而 無法矯正塑膜線。 相反地,光學薄膜之溫度T若比Tg + 1 1 0°c高時,光 學薄膜表面與輥無法均勻地黏著,仍然無法矯正塑膜線。 較佳爲 Tg+10°C&lt;T2&lt;Tg+90°C,更佳爲 Tg+20t: &lt; T2&lt; Tg + 70。(:。 欲使接觸輥6夾壓纖維素酯薄膜時的光學薄膜溫度設 定於適當範圍,自流延塑模4壓出的熔融物爲,由與第1 冷卻輥5接觸之位置P 1調整沿著第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥 6之壓區(nip )的第1冷卻輥5之轉動方向之長度L即 -91 - 200906942 可。 本發月中,第丨輥5、第2輥6之較佳材質可舉出碳 鋼、不鏽鋼、_脂等。又’表面精度較高爲佳,作爲表面 粗度爲0.3S以下,較佳爲〇 〇ls以下。 本發明中’藉由將由流延塑模4之開口部(lip )至 第lfe 5的部分減壓至7〇kPa以下,可增大上述塑膜線之 矯正效果爲佳。較佳減壓爲5〇〜7〇kPa。作爲自流延塑模 4之開口部(llp)至第!輥5的部分壓力保持於7〇kpa以 下之方法’雖無特別限定’有著自流延塑模4至輥周邊以 耐壓構件覆蓋進而減壓等方法。此時吸引裝置爲,爲使裝 置自體不會成爲昇華物之附著場所,施予加熱器進行加熱 等處置爲佳。本發明中,吸引壓若過小時,昇華物無法有 效地被吸引,故必須要有適當的吸引壓。 本發明中,將自T塑模4之熔融狀態的薄膜狀纖維素 酯系樹脂,以第1輥(第1冷卻輥)5、第2冷卻輥7、 及第3冷卻輥8之順序下密著地搬送且使其冷卻固化,得 到未延伸之纖維素酯系樹脂薄膜1 0。 如圖1所示的本發明之實施形態中,自第3冷卻輥8 藉由剝離輥9剝離之經冷卻固化的未延伸薄膜1 0爲,經 由跳動輥(薄膜張力調整輥)1 1導入延伸機1 2,於此將 薄膜10進行横方向(寬方向)。藉由該延伸,配向薄膜 中的分子。 將光學薄膜往寬方向延伸之方法,可使用公知拉幅器 等方法。特別爲將延伸方向作爲寬方向’與偏光薄膜之層 -92- 200906942 合可以輥形態下實施故較佳。於寬方向進行延伸時 薄膜所成之光學薄膜的遲相軸成爲寬方向。 一方面,偏光薄膜的透過軸一般亦爲寬方向。 膜之透過軸與光學薄膜之遲相軸爲平行下將層合之 裝入液晶顯示裝置中,可提高液晶顯示裝置之顯示 同時亦可得到良好視野角。 光學薄膜之玻璃轉移溫度Tg可藉由構成光學 材料種類、及所構成之材料比率的不同來控制。作 薄膜製造相位差薄膜時,Tg爲12CTC以上,較佳爲 以上。液晶顯示裝置中,影像之顯像狀態中,裝置 溫度上昇,例如來自光源之溫度上昇可使薄膜之溫 產生變化。 此時比薄膜的使用環境溫度,光學薄膜之Tg 時,會使得藉由延伸固定於薄膜內部之分子配向狀 成的滯留値、及作爲薄膜之尺寸形狀產生大變化。 光學薄膜之Tg過高時,使光學薄膜進行薄膜 溫度會過高而提高加熱之能量消費,又進行光學薄 的材料本身會分解,且藉此會產生著色,因此 2 5 0 °C以下爲佳。 又,延伸步驟中可進行公知熱固定條件、冷卻 處理,適宜地調整具有依目的之光學薄膜所要求之 即可。 欲賦予相位差薄膜之物性與液晶顯示裝置的視 大時的相位差薄膜之功能,可適宜地選擇上述延伸 ,光學 偏光薄 偏光板 對比, 薄膜之 爲光學 135〇C 本身的 度環境 爲更低 態所造 化時的 膜化時 Tg以 、緩和 特性者 野角擴 步驟、 -93- 200906942 熱固定處理而進行。 含有如此延伸步驟、熱固定處理時,可適宜選擇上述 延伸步驟、熱固定處理之前進行。 製造作爲光學薄膜之相位差薄膜時,且偏光板保護薄 膜之功能時,必須進行折射率控制,但該折射率控制可藉 由延伸操作來進行,又以延伸操作爲較佳方法。以下對於 該延伸方法作說明。 相位差薄膜之延伸步驟中,於纖維素樹脂之1方向延 伸1.0〜2.0倍、及於薄膜面內與此直交之方向上延伸 1 .0 1〜2.5倍時,可控制必要的滯留値R〇及Rt。其中, R〇表示面內滯留値,Rt表示厚度方向滯留値。 滯留値Ro、Rt可由下述式求得。 式(i) Ro = ( nx-ny) x d 式(ii) Rt = ( (nx+ny) /2-nz) xd (式中,nx表示薄膜面內之遲相軸方向的折射率,ny表 示薄膜面內之快相軸方向的折射率,nz表示薄膜厚度方 向之折射率(折射率於23°C、55%RH之環境下,波長 5 9 0nm下測定),d表示薄膜厚度(nm )。) 光學薄膜的折射率使用阿貝折射率計(4T ),薄膜厚 度使用購得之測微計,滯留値使用自動複折射計Κ Ο B R A - 2 1 ADH (王子計測機器(股)製)等進行各測定。 延伸可例如對於光學薄膜之長方向及與此於光學薄膜 面內呈直交方向,即對於寬方向,逐次或同時進行。此時 若對於至少1方向之延伸倍率過小時’無法得到充分相位 -94- 200906942 差,過大時延伸會變得困難而產生光學薄膜破斷。 例如,於熔融流延方向進行延伸時,寬方向之收縮若 過大,ΠΖ之値會過大。 此時,抑制薄膜之寬度收縮、或於寬方向亦進行延伸 來改善。 於寬方向進行延伸時,於寬方向會產生折射率不均分 佈。 此分佈有時於使用拉幅器法時出現,其被推測爲將光 學薄膜於寬方向進行延伸時,於光學薄膜中央部會產生收 縮力,因端部被固定所產生的現象,即產生所謂的 bowing現象。此時亦於流延方向進行延伸時,可抑制 bowing現象,可減少寬方向之相位差分佈不均。 藉由於互相平行的2軸方向進行延伸,可減少所得之 光學薄膜的膜厚變動。 相位差薄膜之膜厚變動過大時,會使相位差不均,使 用於液晶顯示器時,會成爲著色等不均之問題。 光學薄膜的膜厚變動爲±3%,更佳爲±1%之範圍。 於如上述目的中,於互相直交之2軸方向進行延伸的 方法爲有效,互相直交之2軸方向的延伸倍率於最終各於 流延方向爲1.0〜2.0倍,於寬方向爲1.01〜2.5倍之範圍 爲佳,更佳爲得到必須於流延方向爲1 . 〇 1〜1 . 5倍,於寬 方向爲1.〇5〜2.0倍之範圍內進行的滯留値。 於長方向存在偏光子之吸收軸時,可使於寬方向上偏 光子之透過軸爲一致。欲得到長尺狀偏光板,相位差薄膜 -95- 200906942 於寬方向進行延伸至得到遲相軸爲佳。 對於應力,使用得到正複折射的纖維素酯時,由上述 構成於寬方向進行延伸時,相位差薄膜的遲相軸可於寬方 向賦予應力。此時,欲提高顯示品質,相位差薄膜之遲相 軸以寬方向爲佳,欲得到目的之滯留値必須滿足, 式:(寬方向的延伸倍率)&gt;(流延方向的延伸倍率) 之條件。 延伸後,將光學薄膜之端部藉由縱剪切機1 3剪裁作 爲製品之寬度的隙縫後,藉由滾邊環1 4及背輕1 5所成之 凸邊加工裝置,於薄膜兩端部施行凸邊加工(knurled, 壓紋加工)’藉由捲取機16進行捲取,防止纖維素酯薄 膜(元捲)F中之貼合或擦傷之產生。凸邊加工之方法, 可將側面具有凸凹圖形的金屬環藉由加熱或加壓而進行加 工。且’薄膜兩端部之壓板把持部分一般爲已變形,無法 作爲薄膜製品使用’故經切除後可作爲原料再利用。 繼續’光學薄膜之捲取步驟爲,將圓筒形捲薄膜的外 周面、與此前的移動式搬送輥的外周面之間的最短距離保 持一定下將薄膜於捲取筒進行捲取者。且,捲取筒之前, 可設有除去或減低薄膜之表面電位的除靜電風機等手段。 有關本發明的光學薄膜之製造的捲取機可使用一般使 用者,可由定張力法、定轉矩法、傾斜張力法、內部應力 一定之程式張力控制法等捲取方法進行捲取。 且’光學薄膜之捲取時的初期捲取張力以9〇2〜 300.8N/m 爲佳。 -96- 200906942 本發明方法中,薄膜之捲取步驟中,於溫度20〜3 0°C 、濕度20〜60% RH之環境條件下,捲取薄膜爲佳。如此 規定於光學薄膜捲取步驟之溫度及濕度,可提高厚度方向 滯留値(Rt )之濕度變化耐性。 捲取步驟中的溫度未達20t時,會產生皴紋,薄膜捲 品質的劣化使得無法實用而不佳。 光學薄膜之捲取步驟中的溫度若超過30乞時,仍然會 產生皺紋,因薄膜捲品質的劣化而無法實用而不佳。 又,光學薄膜之捲取步驟中之濕度若未達20% RH時 ’容易產生靜電,薄膜捲品質之劣化使得無法實用而不佳 〇 光學薄膜之捲取步驟中的濕度若超過6〇 % RH時,捲 品質、貼合故障、搬送性等會劣化而不佳。 將光學薄膜捲取成輥狀時,作爲捲核心,僅爲圓筒上 之的核心即可’可爲任種材質,但較佳爲中空塑質核心, 作爲塑質材料以可耐住加熱處理溫度之耐熱性塑質即可, 可舉出酚樹脂、二甲苯樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、 環氧基樹脂等樹脂。又,藉由玻璃纖維等塡充材之經強化 熱硬化性樹脂爲佳。 例如’中空塑質核心··使用FRP製之外徑6英吋( 以下’英吋表示2 · 5 4 c m ),內徑5英吋之捲核心。 對於這些捲核心之捲數以1 〇 〇捲以上爲佳,5 0 0捲以 上爲更佳’捲厚度爲5cm以上時爲佳,薄膜基材之寬度 以8 0 cm以上爲佳,i m以上爲特佳。 -97- 200906942 本發明的光學薄膜之厚度依據使用目 爲完工之光學薄膜而言以10〜500/zm爲 特別以下限20 // m以上爲佳,較佳】 又,上限150#m以下爲佳,120/im以 以25〜90#m爲佳。 本發明的光學薄膜爲兼具相位差薄膜 膜時,光學薄膜之膜厚爲上述範圍時,可 腦或攜帶型電子機器之液晶顯示器上,特 目的者爲較佳。 一方面,光學薄膜若過薄時,作爲相 値的表現較爲困難,且薄膜之透濕性變高 度的保護能力降低故不佳。 相位差薄膜之遲相軸或快相軸存在於 膜方向所成的角度爲Θ 1時,0 1爲-1〜-〜+ 0_5。。 該0 1定義爲配向角,0 1之測定可 計KOBRA-21 ADH (王子計測機器公司製 6» 1爲滿足各上述關係時,可得到顯 亮度,可抑制或防止光漏,對於彩色液晶 忠實的顏色再現。 相位差薄膜使用經廣視角化之VA型 膜的配置爲,將相位差薄膜的快相軸作爲 區域中,而提高顯示畫質,作爲偏光板及 MVA型式時,例如可使用圖7所示構成。 的而不同,但作 佳。 爵3 5 &quot; m以上。 下爲更佳。特別 及偏光板保護薄 使用於筆記型電 別以薄型輕量爲 位差薄膜之滯留 ,使偏光子由濕 薄膜面內,與製 —1 °,較佳爲-〇 . 5 使用自動複折射 )進行。 示影像中之較佳 顯示裝置可得到 式時,相位差薄 0 1配置於上述 液晶顯示裝置之 -98- 200906942 圖7中,21a、21b爲保護薄膜,22a、22b爲相位差 薄膜,25a、25b爲偏光子,23a、23b爲薄膜之遲相軸方 向,24a、24b爲偏光子之透過軸方向,26a、26b爲偏光 板,27爲液晶胞,29爲液晶顯示裝置。 光學薄膜的面內方向之滯留Ro分佈調整爲5%以下 爲佳,較佳爲2%以下,特佳爲1.5%以下。又,薄膜之 厚度方向的滯留Rt分佈調整爲1 0 %以下爲佳,更佳爲2 %以下,特佳爲1 . 5 %以下。 相位差薄膜中,滞留値的分佈變動較小爲佳,使用液 晶顯示裝置含有相位差薄膜之偏光板時,該滯留分佈變動 較小時,可防止色不均等觀點來看爲佳。 將相位差薄膜調整爲具有可適用提高VA形式或TN 形式之液晶胞的表示品質之滯留値,特別爲作爲V A形式 分割成上述多重區域而欲適用於MVA形式時,調整面內 滞留R〇成比30nm大95nm以下,且厚度方向滯留Rt調 整爲比70nm大且400nm以下之値。 上述面內滯留R〇爲2片偏光板配置於正交尼科爾( crossed Nicol )’偏光板之間配置液晶胞。例如構成如圖 7所示時’由顯示面之法線方向進行觀察時作爲基準,於 正交尼科爾狀態時,由顯示面之法線之斜面進行觀察時, 由偏光板之正交尼科爾狀態產生偏差,對於此所引起的光 漏進行補償。 厚度方向之滯留於上述TN形式或VA形式,特別爲 Μ V A形式中液晶胞爲黑顯示狀態時,可同樣地對於由斜 -99- 200906942 面所見到的液晶胞之複折射進行補償。 如圖7所示,液晶顯示裝置爲,於液晶胞的上下配 2片偏光板之構成時,圖中的及22b爲選擇厚度方 滯留Rt之分配,滿足上述範圍,且厚度方向滯留Rt之 者合計値大於140nm,且爲500nm以下爲佳。 此時22a及22b之面內滯留Ro,厚度方向滯留Rt 兩者相同時,可提高工業性偏光板之生產性。 特佳爲面內滯留Ro大於35nm,且爲65nm以下, 厚度方向滯留Rt爲大於90nm,且爲1 80nm以下時,適 於如圖7構成的MVA形式之液晶胞。 液晶顯示裝置中,一方的偏光板上例如作爲販賣的 光板保護薄膜,面內滯留Ro= 0〜4nm及厚度方向滯留 =20〜60nm下厚度35〜85μιη之TAC薄膜,例如使用 圖7的22b之位置時,可配置於另一方的偏光板之偏光 膜,例如,配置於圖7的2 2 a之相位差薄膜爲,可使用 內滯留Ro比30nm大並爲95nm以下,且厚度方向滯 Rt比140nm大並爲400nm以下者。因可提高顯示品質 且由薄膜生產面來看亦佳。 《回收》 製膜步驟中,經剪斷的薄膜兩端之壓板把持部分經 碎處理後、或視必要進行造粒處理後,可作爲相同品種 膜用原料或相異品種薄膜用原料而再利用。 置 向 兩 之 且 用 偏 Rt 於 薄 面 留 粉 薄 -100- 200906942 《功能性層》 製造本發明之光學薄膜時’延伸Bli及/或後亦可將P方 靜電層、透明導電層、硬塗佈層、防反射層、防污層、易 滑性層、易黏著層、防眩層、氣體阻隔層、光學補償層等 功能性層進行塗佈設置。 特別爲設置選自防靜電層、硬塗佈層、防反射層、易 黏著層、防眩層及光學補償層之1層爲佳。此時,視必要 可施行電暈放電處理、電漿處理、藥液處理等各種表面處 理。 《鹼化》 前述鹼化處理爲可將薄膜浸漬於鹼化液(浸漬法)、 或塗佈鹼化液(塗佈方法)。 (鹼溶液) 本發明的光學薄膜使用將濃度2mol/L以上之鹼溶液 作爲鹼化液進行鹼化處理者爲佳。前述鹼化液係由鹼劑與 水所成,依場合可含有界面活性劑及相溶化劑。 前述鹼溶液之濃度(鹼溶液中的鹼劑含有量)必須配 合纖維素酯的醯基取代度而決定。 即,纖維素酯中,隨著醯基之碳數增大,鹼化效率會 顯著降低,欲使醯基的碳數增加必須提高鹼濃度’但若鹼 濃度過高時,鹼溶液之安定性會受損’長時間塗佈下可能 有析出情況發生,必須配合纖維素酯之結構’適切地選定 200906942 鹼溶液’其中以鹼濃度較低者爲佳。 又’纖維素酯中含有鹼水解性添加劑時,欲分解此而 過度提筒驗濃度並非佳。 因此’本發明所使用的鹼溶液以2mol/L〜4.0mol/L 爲佳,2mol/L〜2.5mol/L爲較佳。 本發明中,鹼化處理溫度爲4 0 °C〜8 0 °C下進行爲佳, 較佳爲4 0 °C〜7 0 °C,更佳爲4 0 °C〜6 5 °C。 鹼化溫度僅爲4 0°C以上,纖維素酯表面之鹼化即容易 進行,容易得到與偏光子之黏著性,易於製造出具有良好 耐久性之偏光板。 一方面,鹼化處理溫度若過高時,醯化物薄膜中的成 分(可塑劑等)會被萃取、或被分解,且會引起薄膜之過 度膨潤,產生薄膜面狀白化等問題。 作爲本發明之其他鹼劑例子,可舉出第3磷酸鈉、同 鉀、同銨、第二磷酸鈉、同鉀、同銨、碳酸銨、碳酸氫銨 、硼酸鈉、同鉀、同銨、氫氧化鈉、同鉀、同鋰'同銨等 無機鹼劑。 又,亦可使用單甲胺、二甲胺、三甲胺、單乙胺、二 乙胺、三乙胺、單異丙胺、二異丙胺、三異丙胺、n — 丁 胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、單異丙醇胺、二一 異丙醇胺、伸乙基亞胺、伸乙基二胺、吡啶、DBU ( 1,8 —二一氮雜雙環[5,4,0] — 7- 十一碳烯)、DBN(1,5- 二 一氮雜雙環[4,3,0] — 5-壬烯)、四甲基錢氯氧化物、四 乙基銨氫氧化物、四丙基銨氫氧化物、四丁基錢氯氧化物 -102- 200906942 、三乙基丁基銨氫氧化物等有機鹼劑。這些鹼 組合二種以上使用,一部分例如亦可以經鹵化 添加。 這些驗劑之中’亦以氫氧化鈉、氫氧化紳 由爲藉由調整這些量可於較廣pH區域下調整 前述鹼溶液之溶劑爲水單獨溶劑、或水與 混合溶劑。較佳有機溶劑可舉出醇類、烷醇類 物的單醚類、酮類、醯胺類、亞颯類、醚類, 量61以上的醇類,更佳爲分子量61以上之二 可舉出乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、戊二醇、己 單甲醚、甘油單乙醚、環己烷二醇、環己烷二 二醇、二丙二醇等。與水並用之有機溶劑可單 種類以上使用。 (鹼化處理) 如上述之本發明光學薄膜可藉由將薄膜以 進行驗化處理之步驟、與將驗溶液由薄膜洗出 施驗驗化處理爲佳。 其後,可含有中和鹼溶液之步驟、及將中 洗出的步驟。 這些步驟可於搬運薄膜時實施爲佳,亦可 200 1- 1 8 8 1 3 0號公報所記載的浸漬於鹼溶液之 可使用如特開2 004-203 965號公報所記載的將 塗佈之方法。 劑可單獨$ 之鹽形式下 爲佳。其理 pH 0 有機溶劑之 、二醇化合 較佳爲分子 醇類,具體 二醇、甘油 甲醇、二乙 獨或混合2 前述驗溶液 之步驟而實 和液由薄膜 使用如特開 方法,或亦 鹼溶液進行 -103- 200906942 鹼化時間以3 0秒〜5分鐘爲佳,1〜2分鐘爲較佳。 鹼化時間過長時,對於後述偏光板耐久性會造成壞影響。 《偏光板》 本發明之光學薄膜作爲偏光板保護薄膜使用時,偏光 板的製作方法並無特別爲限定,可以一般方法製作出。 本發明的光學薄膜之裏側經鹼化處理,將經處理的光 學薄膜浸漬於碘溶液中延伸所製作之偏光膜的至少一面上 ,使用完全鹼化型聚乙烯基醇水溶液進行貼合爲佳。 另一面亦使用本發明的光學薄膜,或亦可使用另一偏 光板保護薄膜。 對於本發明的光學薄膜,使用於另一面之偏光板保護 薄膜可使用販賣的光學薄膜。 例如作爲販賣的纖維素酯薄膜,可舉出KC8UX2M、 KC4UX、KC5UX、KC4UY、KC8UY、KCI2UR、KC8UCR-3、KC8UCR-4、KC4FR-1、KC8UY-HA、KC8UX-RHA (以 上爲 Konicaminolta (股)製)等。 或使用兼具盤狀液晶、棒狀液晶、膽石醇型液晶等液 晶化合物經定向後形成之光學異方層之光學補償薄膜之偏 光板保護薄膜爲佳。 例如,由特開2 0 0 3 - 9 8 3 4 8所記載的方法可形成光學 異方性層。 藉由使用與本發明之光學薄膜組合,可得到具有平面 性優良、安定視野角擴大效果之偏光板。 -104- 200906942 或光學薄膜以外之環狀烯烴樹脂、丙烯樹脂、聚醋、 聚碳酸酯等薄膜可作爲另一面的偏光板保護薄膜使用。 取代上述驗處理’可進fT特開平6-94915號公報、同 6 - 1 1 8 2 3 2號公報所記載之施以易接著加工之偏光板加工 〇 以偏光板爲主的構成要素之偏光膜爲,僅通過一定方 向之偏波面的光之元件,作爲現在已知的代表性偏光膜爲 聚乙烯基醇系偏光薄膜,此爲將聚乙嫌基醇系薄膜以碘染 色所得者與經二色性染料染色所得者。 偏光膜爲,使用將聚乙烯基醇水溶液經製膜,將此進 行一軸延伸後染色、或經染色後進行一軸延伸後,較佳爲 以硼化合物進行耐久性處理者。偏光膜之膜厚爲5〜40 //m’較佳爲5〜30/zm,特佳爲5〜20//m。 於該偏光膜面上,貼合本發明之光學薄膜片面後形成 偏光板。較佳爲藉由完全鹼化之聚乙烯基醇等作爲主成分 之水系接著劑進行貼合。 偏光膜因往一軸方向(通常爲長方向)延伸,故將偏 光板放置於高溫高濕環境下時延伸方向(通常爲長方向) 會緊縮,會往與延伸呈垂直之方向(通常爲寬方向)延伸 。偏光板保護用薄膜之膜厚越薄時,偏光板之伸縮率越大 ,特別爲偏光膜之延伸方向的收縮量較大。 通常,偏光膜的延伸方向與偏光板保護用薄膜之流延 方向(MD方向)貼合,故偏光板保護用薄膜進行薄膜化 時,特別以抑制流延方向之伸縮率爲重要之步驟。本發明 -105- 200906942 光學薄膜具有極優良的尺寸安定性,故可作爲如此偏光板 保護薄膜而適用。 即,本發明的光學薄膜於6 0 °C、90% RH之條件下藉 由耐久性試驗亦不會增加波浪狀斑點,即使爲於裏面側具 有光學補償薄膜之偏光板,亦可提供於耐久性試驗後視野 角特性無變動之良好辨識性。 偏光板爲偏光子及保護其兩面之保護薄膜所構成,且 該偏光板之一面上將保護薄膜於相反面貼合剝離薄膜所構 成。保護薄膜及剝離薄膜爲於偏光板出廠時之製品檢査時 等以保護偏光板之目的下使用。 此時,保護薄膜係以保護偏光板表面爲目的而貼合, 使用於將偏光板貼合於液晶板之面的反面上。 又,剝離薄膜爲對液晶板之接著層進行覆蓋之目的而 使用,使用於將偏光板貼合於液晶胞之面上。 《被晶顯不裝置》 使用含有本發明光學薄膜之偏光板保護薄膜(亦含有 兼具位相差薄膜之情況)偏光板,與一般偏光板比較,可 表現較高顯示品質,特別爲多重區域型之液晶顯示裝置, 較佳爲適用藉由複折射形式之多重區域型的液晶顯示裝置 〇 本發明的偏光板可使用 MVA(Multi-domein Vertical Alignment)形式、P V A ( Patterned Vertical Alignment ) 形式、CPA ( Continuous Pinwheel Alignment )形式、 -106- 200906942 OCB ( Optical Compensated Bend)形式、IPS ( In piace Switching )形式等,並非僅限定於特定液晶形式、偏光 板之配置。 液晶顯示裝置可作爲彩色化及動畫顯示用之裝置應用 ,藉由本發明可改良顯示品質,提高對比之改善或偏光板 之耐性,不易疲勞而可展現真實動影像顯示。 至少含有含相位差薄膜之偏光板的液晶顯示裝置中, 將含有本發明的相位差薄膜之偏光板對於液晶胞,配置一 片、或於液晶胞兩側配置二片。此時使用含於偏光板的本 發明之相位差薄膜側成面對液晶顯示裝置之液晶胞時可提 高顯示品質。圖7中,22a及22b之薄膜爲面對液晶顯示 裝置之液晶胞。 如此構成中,本發明的光學薄膜之偏光板保護薄膜爲 液晶胞可補償於光學性。本發明的偏光板使用於液晶顯示 裝置時,液晶顯示裝置之偏光板內的至少1個偏光板作爲 本發明的偏光板即可。藉由使用本發明的偏光板,可提高 顯示品質’可提高視野角特性優良的液晶顯示裝置。 本發明的偏光板中,由偏光子看,所謂與相位差薄膜 之反面’使用纖維素衍生物之偏光板保護薄膜,可使用汎 用之TAC薄膜等。位置於距離液晶胞較遠的偏光板保護 薄膜因欲提高顯示裝置之品質,可配置其他功能性層。 例如’欲提高防止反射、防眩、耐傷痕、防止污垢附 著、提高亮度’將作爲顯示器之公知功能層作爲構成物含 有的薄膜、或可貼合於本發明的偏光板表面,但未僅限定 -107- 200906942 於此。 —般相位差薄膜中,作爲上述滯留性値,R〇或Rth 之變動較少時,欲可得到安定之光學特性,要求Ro或 Rth之變動較少。特別爲複折射型之液晶顯示裝置中,這 些變動會成爲引起畫像不均之原因。 依據本發明由熔融流延製膜法所製造之長尺狀相位差 薄膜爲,以纖維素樹脂作爲主體所構成,故活用纖維素樹 脂固有之鹼化而可活用鹼處理步驟。 此爲構成偏光子之樹脂爲聚乙烯基醇時,與過去偏光 板保護薄膜同樣地使用完全鹼化聚乙烯基醇水溶液可與本 發明的相位差薄膜貼合。 因此’本發明因適用於過去偏光板加工方法故優良, 特別爲可得到長尺狀之輥偏光板故優良。 藉由本發明所得之製造效果,特別於1 〇〇m以上之長 尺捲物時較爲顯著,以1500m、2500m、5000m之較長尺 化時,可得到偏光板製造之製造效果。 例如’偏光板保護薄膜製造中輥長度爲考慮生產性與 運搬性時以10〜5〇〇〇m,較佳爲50〜450 0m,此時的薄膜 寬可選自偏光子之寬或適用於製造流程之寬。 0.5〜4_0m ’較佳爲0.6〜3.0m之寬下製造薄膜,捲 取成滾筒狀後可提供於偏光板加工,又製造目的之倍數寬 度以上薄膜並捲取於輥後,經剪裁後得到目的寬之輥,將 如此輥可使用於偏光板加工上。 偏光板保護薄膜於製造時,延伸前及/或後可塗佈防 -108- 200906942 靜電層、硬化膜層、易滑性層、接著層、防眩層、阻礙層 等功能性層。 此時’電暈放電處理、電漿處理、藥液處理等各種表 面處理可於必要時實施。 含有前述可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑、消光劑等添加物濃 度相異的纖維素樹脂之組成物經共壓出後,亦可至做出層 合結構之光學薄膜。 例如’可製作出如表皮層/核心層/表皮層之構成的光 學薄膜。 例如,消光劑可多量放入表皮層、或僅放入表皮層。 放入可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑的量與表皮層相比,於核 心層內可放入較多量,亦可僅放入核心層。 又,核心層與表皮層可變更可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑之 種類,例如,於表皮層含有低揮發性可塑劑及/或紫外線 吸收劑,於核心層可添加可塑性優良的可塑劑、或紫外線 吸收性優良的紫外線吸收劑。 表皮層與核心層之玻璃轉移溫度相異亦可,核心層的 玻璃轉移溫度比表皮層的玻璃轉移溫度低爲佳。 此時測定表皮與核心兩者之玻璃轉移溫度,藉彼等體 積分率所算出之平均値定義爲上述玻璃轉移溫度Tg可進 行同樣處理方式。又,含有熔融流延時之纖維素酯的熔融 物之黏度於表皮層與核心層亦可爲相異者,表皮層之黏度 &gt;核心層之黏度、或核心層之黏度2表皮層之黏度亦可。(Other Antioxidants) Specific examples of other antioxidants include di-lauryl 3,3-thiodipropionate, bis-myristyl 3,3'-thiodipropionate, and di-stearate. 3,3 -thiodipropionate, lauryl stearyl 3,3 - thiodipropionate, pentaerythritol monoterpene - lauryl thio-propionate, 3,9-bis (2-lauryl) Sulfur-based compounds such as thioethyl)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxa-spiro-[5,5]undecane. The sulfur-based compound of the above form is commercially available, for example, from Sumitomo Chemical Industries, Inc. under the trade names "Sumilizer TPL-R" and "Sumilizer TP-D". Moreover, the 3,4-di-57-200906942 monohydrogen-2H-1 benzopyran compound, 3,3'-spiro-di-chroman compound, 1,1 snail-manganese compound, morpholine, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine oxide, thiomorpholine di-oxide, compound having a piperazine skeleton as a partial structure, and JP-A-3-174450 An oxygen sweeping agent such as a dialkoxybenzene compound described above. Part of the structure of these compounds may be part of the polymer or regularly become a side chain of the polymer. <<Hindered Amine Light Stabilizer>> In the present invention, the deterioration preventing agent at the time of heat fusion of the optical film is further deteriorated by the external light of the backlight which is exposed as a polarizing protective film after manufacture or the backlight of the liquid crystal display. A hindered amine light stabilizer (HALS) compound, which is a known compound, for example, contains the columns of columns 5 to 11 of the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,691,956 and the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,83,405. The 2,2,6,6-tetraalkylpiperidine compounds described in the third to fifth columns, or the acid addition salts thereof or the complexes thereof with the metal compounds. Specific examples of the hindered amine light stabilizer include bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) sebacate and bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl). _4 piperidine) succinate, bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-tetra-piperidinyl) sebacate, bis(N-octyloxy-2,2,6, 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) sebacate, bis(N-benzyloxy 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) sebacate, double (N- Cyclohexyloxy 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl- 4 piperidine) sebacate, bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidine)2-( 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-2-butylmalonate-58- 200906942, bis(1-propene oxime-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl 4- 4-piperidine) 2,2-bis(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylmethyl)-2-butanemalonate, bis(1,2,2,6, 6 —pentamethyl- 4 piperidine) sebacate, 2. 2. 6. 4-tetramethyl-4-piperidine methacrylate, 4-[3 - (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanyloxy]-1 [2 - (3 -(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanyloxy)ethyl]- 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 2-methyl-one 2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-tetra-piperidinyl)amino-N-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)propanamine, hydrazine (2 , 2,6,6-tetramethyl- 4 piperidine) 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylate, hydrazine (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl- 4 piperidine ) 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylate, and the like. Further, it may be a polymer compound, and specific examples thereof include N,N',N",N"'--[4,6-bis-[butyl-(N-methyl- 2. 2. 6. 6-tetramethylpiperidine 4-yl)amino]-triazine 2-yl]-4,7-a-azaindole-1,10-diamine, dibutylamine and 1,3,5 - San Xiao Bing &gt; 4'-double (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)-1,6-hexamethyldiamine and N- (2,2,6,6 - a polycondensate of tetramethyl- 4 piperidine) butylamine, dibutylamine and 1,3,5-triazine with hydrazine, Ν'-double (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4) Polycondensate of piperidine) butylamine, poly[{(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)amino-1,3,5-triazine 2,4 1-2 yl} { (2, 2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imine}hexamethyl{(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-tetra-piperidinyl)imine}], 1,6 - Hexanediamine-indole, Ν' a pair (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4--D-D) and morphine-2,4,6-dichloro- 1,3,5-two Xiaozhi polycondensate, poly[(6-morpholino-s-triazine 2,4-12-diyl) [( -59- 200906942 2. 2. 6. 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imine]~hexamethyl [[2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imide]] and other piperidine rings A high molecular weight HALS with a combination of multiple phases; a polymer of dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidineethanol, 1,2,3,4 — Tetracarboxylic acid and 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidol and 3,9-bis(2-hydroxy-I, !-dimethylethyl)-2,4,M 〇_tetraoxo-spiro-a compound such as a mixed esterified product of [5,5]undecane, which is a compound in which a piperidine ring is bonded via an ester bond, but is not limited thereto. They also use dibutylamine and 1,3,5-triazine with hydrazine, Ν'-double (2. 2. 6. a polycondensate of 6-tetramethyl- 4 piperazine D-butylamine, poly[{(1,3,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)amino-1,3,5-triazine 2,4 —二—基} { (2,2,6,6—tetramethyl- 4-a H-denine)imine}hexa-methyl{(2. 2. 6. Number average of 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidineimine}], dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1 piperidine ethanol It is preferred that the molecular weight (?n) is from 2,000 to 5,000. As the hindered amine compound of the above-mentioned form, for example, "TINUVIN 144" and "TINUVIN 770" available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd., and "ADK STAB LA-5 2" available from ADEKA, Inc., can be used. In the present invention, the hindered amine light stabilizer is preferably added in an amount of from ο1 to 10% by mass, preferably from 0 2 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0. 5 to 2% by mass. These can be used in combination of two or more types. -60-200906942 "Acid scavenger" The cellulose ester can also be decomposed by an acid in a high-temperature environment by melt film formation. The optical film of the present invention preferably contains an acid scavenger as a deterioration preventing agent. The acid scavenger which is useful in the present invention is a compound which is inert to the acid after the reaction with the acid, and the epoxy group-containing compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,137,201 is preferred. The epoxy compound as such an acid scavenger is known in the art field as a diglycidyl ether containing various polyglycols, particularly an epoxy of about 8 to 40 moles per 1 mole of the polyglycol. A metal epoxy compound such as a condensation-derived polyglycol or a glycerol diglycidyl ether (for example, a vinyl chloride polymer composition) and a vinyl chloride polymer composition are used at the same time from the past. ) an epoxidized ether condensation product, a diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A (ie, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyldimethylmethane), an epoxidized unsaturated fatty acid ester (especially 2 to 22) An alkyl ester of a carbon atom of 4 to 2 carbon atoms (for example, butyl epoxy stearate), and various epoxidized long-chain fatty acid triglycerides (for example, a ring) The composition of oxidized soybean oil, epoxidized linseed oil, etc., as representative examples of epoxidized vegetable oils and other unsaturated natural oils (sometimes referred to as epoxidized natural glycerides or unsaturated fatty acids, these fatty acids generally contain 12 ~22 carbon atoms). Further, as the commercially available epoxy group-containing epoxide resin compound, EPON 8 15C or other epoxidized ether oligomer condensation product -61 - 200906942 can also be used as an acid scavenger which can be used for the above. 'The organic acid salt of the oxetane compound or the oxazoline compound or the alkaline earth metal or the acetoacetate complex, and the paragraph 68 to the JP-A-5-947-8. In the present invention, the acid scavenger is added to the mass of the cellulose ester of the present invention by adding 0. 1 to 10% by mass is preferred to add 0. 2 to 5 mass% is preferred to add 0. 5 to 2% by mass is more preferable. These can be used in combination of two or more. Further, the acid scavenger may be referred to as an acid scavenger, an acid scavenger, an acid scavenger or the like, and may be used in the present invention. "Metal Inert Agent" The metal inert agent is a compound which is inactivated by a metal ion which acts as a starter or a catalyst in the oxidation reaction, and examples thereof include an oxime compound, a ruthenium oxalate compound, a triazole compound, and the like. For example, N,N'-bis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanyl]anthracene, 2-hydroxyethyl oxalate diamine, 2 - Hydroxy-N-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)benzamide, N-(5-yert-butyl-2-ethoxyphenyl)-Ν'一(2— Ethyl phenyl) oxalic acid amide and the like. In the present invention, the metal inert agent is added to the mass of the cellulose ester of the present invention. 0002~2% by mass is better, add 0. 0005~2 mass% is better, add 0. 001 to 1% by mass is more preferable. These can be used in combination of 2 or more types. -62- 200906942 <<Plasticizer>> In the formation of the optical film by melt casting of the present invention, it is preferred to add at least one type of plasticizer to the optical film. The plasticizer is generally an additive which improves the fragility or imparts a softening effect by being added to a polymer. However, in the present invention, by adding a plasticizer, the mechanical properties of the optical film can be improved, and the tensile strength can be improved. It is preferable to use a material having such an effect as a plasticizer, such as an effect of imparting water absorption resistance and a decrease in water permeability. Examples of the plasticizer to be used in the present invention include a phosphate-based plasticizer and a polyol ester-based plasticizer (a glycol ester-based plasticizer, a glyceride-based plasticizer, a diglyceride-based plasticizer, etc.). A polycarboxylic acid ester type plasticizer, a carbohydrate ester type plasticizer, a polymer plasticizer, or the like. Among them, a polyol ester-based plasticizer and a polycarboxylate-based plasticizer are preferred, and a polyol ester-based plasticizer is preferred. Further, the plasticizer may be a liquid or a solid, and the composition is preferably colorless in principle. The amount of addition may be such that the amount of the cellulose ester associated with the present invention is preferably selected from the range which does not impair the object of the present invention. It is an optical film which is characterized by containing 1 to 25 mass%. When the amount is less than 1% by mass, the planarity improving effect is not obtained, and when it exceeds 25 mass%, the extravasation is likely to occur, so that the stability of the film over time is not preferable. Preferably, it is an optical film containing 3 to 20% by mass of a plasticizer, more preferably an optical film of 5 to 15% by mass. -63-200906942 The following is a description of specific examples of the plasticizer used in the present invention, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the present invention, the ester-based plasticizer formed from the polyol and the monocarboxylic acid, and the ester-based plasticizer formed from the polyvalent carboxylic acid and the monohydric alcohol have higher affinity with the cellulose ester, so that it is more preferable The ester-based plasticizer composed of an alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid has a higher affinity with a cellulose ester, which is particularly preferable. Further, the polyol ester-based plasticizer is a compound having a complex base group in one molecule and a compound condensed with a monobasic organic acid, and is called a polyol ester-based plasticizer, and a so-called polycarboxylate-based plasticizer The compound is a compound having a complex carboxylic acid group in one molecule, and a compound condensed with a plurality of monohydric alcohols or a phenol is called a polycarboxylate-based plasticizer. Examples of the polyols used as a raw material of the ester-based plasticizer of the present invention include, for example, the following, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Ribool, arabitol, ethylene glycol, glycerin, diglycerin, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, U-propanediol, 1,3 -propanediol 'dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol '丨,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, dibutylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1, 6 —Hexanediol, hexanetriol, galactitol, mannitol, 3-methylpentane-1,3,5-triol, pinacol, sorbitol, trimethylolpropane Hydroxymethylpropane, trimethylolethane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, xylitol, and the like. In particular, ethylene glycol, glycerin or trimethylolpropane is preferred. Further, examples of preferred organic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, trimethylacetic acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, cyclohexane residual acid, benzoic acid, and anisic acid 3 . 4,5-trimethoxybenzoic acid, -64- 200906942 toluic acid, tert-butyl benzoic acid, naphthoic acid, picolinic acid, etc., but with higher effect of reducing the moisture permeability of cellulose esters The carboxylic acid is preferably formed, for example, by forming an aromatic ester with an aromatic carboxylic acid. The organic acid to be used in the polyol ester may be one type or two or more types. Further, the OH group in the polyol may be esterified or may partially retain the OH group. Specific examples of the glycol ester-based plasticizer which is one of the polyol esters include ethylene glycol alkyl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol diacrylate and ethylene glycol dibutylate, and ethylene glycol bicyclic rings. Ethylene glycol cycloalkane plasticizer such as propyl carboxylate 'ethylene glycol bicyclohexacarboxylate, ethylene glycol dibenzoate, ethylene glycol di-tetramethyl benzoate, etc. A diol aryl ester is a plasticizer. These alkylate groups, cycloalkylate groups, polyaryl groups may be the same or different and may be substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkylate group, a cycloalkylate group or a polyaryl group, and these substituents may be bonded to each other by a covalent bond. The ethylene glycol moiety may also be substituted, and the partial structure of the ethylene glycol ester may be a part of the polymer, or may be a side chain regularly, or may be introduced into an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. One of the molecular structures is a glyceride-based plasticizer of a polyol ester type, and specifically, triacetin, glyceryl tributyrate, glyceryl diacetate caprylate, and glycerol glycerate Triglyceride such as glycerol alkyl ester such as ester, glycerol tricyclopropyl carboxylate or glycerol tricyclohexyl decanoate, glycerol tribenzoate or glycerol 4-methyl orthoformate Tetraethyl phthalate, diglycerin tetrapropyl-65- 200906942 acid ester, diglycerin acrylate trioctanoate, diglycerin tetralaurate, diglyceride, diglycerol tetracyclobutyl carboxylate, diglycerol A diglycerin aryl ester such as a diglycerol cycloalkanate such as a tetracyclopentyl carboxylate, a diglycerin tetrabenzoate or a diglycerin 3-methylbenzoate. These alkylate groups, cycloalkylcarboxylate groups, and polyaryl groups may be the same or different and may be substituted. Further, the alkylate group, the cycloalkylcarboxylate group or the polyaryl group may be mixed, and these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. Further, the glycerin and the diglycerin moiety may be substituted, and the partial structure of the glyceride or the diglyceride may be a part of the polymer, or may be a side chain regularly, and may be introduced into an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, an ultraviolet absorber, or the like. Part of the molecular structure of the additive. Specific examples of the other polyol ester-based plasticizers include the polyol ester-based plasticizers described in paragraphs 3〇 to 33 of JP-A-2003-121823, and pentaerythritol tetrabenzoate. These nodal base groups, cycloalkyl carboxylate groups, polyaryl groups may be the same or different and may be substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkylate group, a cycloalkyl hydroxyacetate group or a polyaryl group, and these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. Moreover, the 'polysterol moiety can also be substituted, and the partial structure of the polyol can be part of the sputum or regularly become a side chain, and can also be introduced into an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. Part of the molecular structure. Among the ester-based plasticizers of the above-mentioned polyols and monocarboxylic acids, the alkyl polyterpene alcohols are described as "specifically, the above-mentioned ethylene glycol dibenzoate-66-200906942, glycerol Benzoic acid ester, diglycerin tetrabenzoate, and exemplified compound 16 described in Paragraph 3 1 of JP-A-2000-128. Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid ester-based plasticizer which is one of the polycarboxylic acid esters include alkyl dicarboxylates such as dilauryl malonate, dioctyl adipate, and dibutyl sebacate. Alkyl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkane type plasticizer such as an acid alkyl ester type plasticizer, dicyclopentyl succinate or dicyclohexyl adipate, diphenyl succinate, di 4-methylphenyl An alkyl dicarboxylic acid aryl ester such as glutarate is a plasticizer, dihexyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate, dimercaptobicyclo[2. 2. 1] a cycloalkyl-dicarboxylic acid alkyl ester such as heptane-2,3-dicarboxylate, plasticizer, dicyclohexyl-1,2-cyclobutanedicarboxylate, dicyclopropyl-1,2 a cycloalkyldicarboxylic acid cycloalkane-based plasticizer such as cyclohexyldicarboxylate, diphenyl-1,1-cyclopropyldicarboxylate, di-2-naphthyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate Cycloalkyl dicarboxylic acid aryl esters such as acid esters, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate 'di 2-ethylhexyl hydrazine An aryl dicarboxylate type plasticizer such as an acid ester, an aryl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester type plasticizer such as dicyclopropyl phthalate or dicyclohexyl phthalate, or diphenyl phthalate. An aryl dicarboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizer such as bis- 4 monomethyl phthalate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, ethyl phthalic acid ethyl glycolate, etc. A diol-based plasticizer, a citric acid-based plasticizer such as acetyl citrate trimethyl, ethionyltriethyl citrate or ethyl tributyl tributylate. These alkoxy groups, cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different or may be substituted. These substituents may be further substituted. The alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group may be mixed, and these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. -67- 200906942 Moreover, the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted, and may be a polymer such as a dimer, a trimer or a tetramer. Further, the partial structure of the phthalic acid ester may be a part of the polymer or a side chain which is regularly formed as a polymer, or may be introduced into a molecular structure of an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. Share. Specific examples of the other polycarboxylic acid ester-based plasticizers include mercapto-polycarboxylic acid esters such as trilauryl tricarboxylate and tributyl-mes-butane-1,4-diethyl-carboxylate. Alkylate polycarboxylate ester plasticizer such as acid alkyl ester plasticizer, tricyclohexyl tricarboxylate, tricyclopropyl-2, methoxy-1,2,3-propane tricarboxylate, etc. Alkyl poly(octylate) aryl esters such as phenyl 2-hydroxyl, 2,3-propane tricarboxylate, tetras-methylphenyltetrahydrofuran 2,3,4,5-tetracarboxylic acid ester It is a plasticizer, tetrahexyl-1,2,3,4-cyclotetracarboxylic acid ester, tetrabutyl- 1,2,3,4-cyclopentene tetracarboxylic acid ester, etc. a plasticizer, a cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester such as tetracyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-cyclotetracarboxylic acid ester or tricyclohexyl-1,3,5-cyclohexyltricarboxylate Plasticizer, cycloalkyl group such as diphenyl-1,3,5-cyclohexyltricarboxylate 'hexa-4-methylphenyl~1,2,3,4,5,6-cyclohexylhexacarboxylate Polyvalent carboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizer, triaryl benzene 1,2,4-tricarboxylate, tetraoctyl benzene 1,2,4,5~ tetradecanoate Alkylate polybasic acid naphthenate, such as an acid alkyl ester type plasticizer, tricyclopentylbenzene 1,3,5-dicarboxylate 'tetracyclohexylbenzene 1,2,3,5-tetracarboxylic acid ester Aryl polybasic decanoic acid ester of plasticizers such as triphenylphenylhydrazine, 3,5-tetracarboxylic acid vinegar, hexamethyl 4-phenylphenylbenzene 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexacarboxylate It is a plasticizer. Some of the alkoxy groups and cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different and may be substituted with -68-200906942, or a suitable substituent may be further substituted. The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group or the substituents may be bonded to each other by a covalent bond. Further, the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted, and it may be a polymer such as a dimer or a tetramer. Further, the phthalate moiety may be a part of the polymer or a side chain which is regularly formed into a polymer, and is introduced into an additive substructure such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent or an ultraviolet absorber. The ester-based plasticizer is preferably an alkyl dicarboxylate of the above-mentioned polyvalent carboxylic acid or a monovalent alcohol, and specific examples thereof include the above-mentioned dioctyl adipate as another plasticizer used in the present invention, and examples thereof include Phosphate plasticizer, carbohydrate ester plasticizer, polymer plasticizer, and the like. Specific examples of the phosphate-based plasticizer include alkyl phosphates such as triethylsulfonyl and tributyl phosphate, tricyclopentyl phosphate, cycloalkyl esters such as cyclic acid esters, triphenyl phosphate, and tricresol. Phosphate phenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphorus trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, trinaphthyl phosphate, triphenyl) phosphate, ginseng An aryl phosphate such as phenyl phosphate. This group may be the same or different and may be substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkyl group and an aryl group, and the substituents may be bonded to each other by a valence bond. Further, an ethyl bis(dimethyl phosphate), a butyl bis (phosphate), an alkyl bis(dialkyl phosphate), an ethyl bisphosphonate, and a propyl bis (diethyl) -naphthyl phosphate), phenylene bis(dibutyl phosphate), bis(dioctyl phosphate), bis(dioctyl phosphate), etc. , a polymer, a sub-structure, or an agent, an alkyl ester. The ester is a phosphoric acid hexyl phosphorus, a cresyl ester, or a disubstituted cycloalkyldiethyl (diphenyl bis(biphenyl) ) 'Extension-69- 200906942 Phosphate such as phenyl bis(diphenyl-o- vinegar), dinaphthyl bis(di-tolylphosphoryl phosphate), etc., such as aryl bis(di-aryl phosphate). The substituents may be the same or different and may be substituted. Further, they may be a mixture of a fluorenyl group, a cyclic fluorenyl group, a aryl group, or a substituent may be covalently bonded to each other. Moreover, a partial structure of the phosphate ester may be It is a part of the polymer, or a side chain regularly, and can be introduced into an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. A part of the structure. Among the above compounds, an aryl phosphate or an aryl bis(di-aryl phosphate) is preferred, and a triphenyl phosphate or a phenyl bis(diphenyl phosphate) is preferred. For the carbohydrate hydrate-based plasticizer, the carbohydrate is a monosaccharide, a disaccharide or a trisaccharide in the form of a sucrose or a sucrose (6-membered ring or a 5-membered ring). Non-limiting examples of the compound include glucose, sucrose, lactose, cellobiose, mannose, xylose, ribose, galactose, arabinose, fructose, sorbose, ribose, and raffinose. The ester is an aliphatic carboxylic acid ester or an aromatic carboxylic acid ester which is a carbonic acid carboxylic acid ester and a carboxylic acid which is dehydrated and condensed to form an ester compound. Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include acetic acid. Examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid, such as benzoic acid, toluic acid, and anisic acid, such as propionic acid, etc. Carbohydrates have a hydroxyl group number depending on the type thereof, and a part of the hydroxyl group can be reacted with a carboxylic acid. The ester compound or all of the hydroxyl groups are reacted with a carboxylic acid to form an ester compound. -70- 200906942 In the present invention, all of the hydroxyl groups are reacted with a carboxylic acid to form an ester compound, which is preferably a carbamate ester-based plasticizer, and specifically, Glucose pentaacrylate, glucose pentapropionate, glucose pentabutyrate, sucrose octaacrylate, sucrose octabenzoate, etc., among which sucrose octaacrylate, sucrose octabenzoate is preferred, sucrose octadecene The acid ester is particularly preferred. The above-mentioned type of carbohydrate ester-based plasticizer can be, for example, a trade name of "Monobit SB" and "Monobit SOA" commercially available from First Industrial Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. as a polymer plasticizer. Specific examples thereof include an aliphatic hydrocarbon polymer, an alicyclic hydrocarbon polymer, a polyethyl acrylate, a polymethyl methacrylate, a copolymer of methyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Vinyl polymer such as methyl methacrylate and a copolymer of methyl acrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, vinyl polymerization such as polyethylene isobutyl ether or poly N-vinyl pyrrolidone Polystyrene, polystyrene, polystyrene styrene, polybutylene succinate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyester, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene Polyether such as oxide, polyamine, polyurethane, polyurea, and the like. The number average molecular weight is preferably from 1,000 to 500,000, particularly preferably from 5,000 to 200,000. When it is less than 1,000, the volatility causes a problem, and when it exceeds 500,000, the plasticization ability is lowered, which adversely affects the mechanical properties of the optical film. These polymer plasticizers may be a single polymer of one repeating unit or a copolymer having a plurality of repeating structures. Further, two or more kinds of the above polymers may be used in combination. The optical film of the present invention contains an ester-based plasticizer of a polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, and an ester-based plasticizer of a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a monohydric alcohol, and is 1 to 25% by mass. Good, but you can use a plasticizer other than this. In the optical film of the present invention, an ester-based plasticizer composed of a polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid is a phase of an ester-based plasticizer which is better than a trihydric or higher alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid. It has high solubility and can be added as a special feature at a high addition rate, so that it does not cause extravasation even if other plasticizers or additives are used in combination, and it is easy to use it with other kinds of plasticizers or additives as necessary. <<Ultraviolet Absorber>> In the present invention, when the optical film further contains an ultraviolet absorber, the durability can be improved. The ultraviolet absorber is excellent in the absorption energy of ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm or less from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of ultraviolet rays by a polarizer or a display device, and is visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more from the viewpoint of liquid crystal display. It is better to absorb less. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention include an oxybenzophenone-based compound, a benzotriazole-based compound, a salicylate-based compound, a benzophenone-based compound, and a cyanoacrylate-based compound. Further, a nickel-salt-based compound or a triazine-based compound is preferred, but a benzophenone-based compound or a benzotriazine-based compound or a triazine-based compound having less coloration is preferred. Further, it is possible to use the ultraviolet absorber described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 10-182621, No. 8-337574, JP-A No. Hei 6 - 1 4 8 4 3 0, and JP-A 02 03-1 1 3 3 1 7 The polymer ultraviolet absorber described. Specific examples of the benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber include 2 - -72-200906942 (2, monohydroxy-5, monomethylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2 - (2'-hydroxy-3) ,,5,1-2 tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2,-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5,monomethylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2_ ( 2'-hydroxy- 3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)- 5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2,1-hydroxy-3,-(3",4",5", 6"-tetrahydroindenylmethyl) a 5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2,2-extension methyl bis(4,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl a 6-(211-benzotriazol-2-yl) fluorene), 2-(2,-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzo Diterpene, 2 - ( 2 - thiol - 3 - tert - butyl - 5 ' _ (2- octyloxycarbonylethyl) phenyl) 5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2 - (2, one Hydroxy- 3'-(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)-5'-(1,1,3,3,tetramethylbutyl)-phenyl)benzotriazole, 2- ( 211 _Benzene —2 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Triazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3-(3-tert-butyl-4-yl-amino-5-(5-chloro-2H-benzotriazole-2) A mixture of phenyl] propionate or the like is not limited thereto. Also, as a sales item, TINUVIN (TINUVIN) 326, TINUVIN (TINUVIN) 109, TINUVIN (TINUVIN) 171, TINUVIN (TINUVIN) 900, TINUVIN (TINUVIN) 928, TINUVIN (TINUVIN) 360 (all are Ciba Specialty Chemicals) , LA31 (made by Adeka Co., Ltd.), Sumisorb 250 (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), and RUV A-100 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.). -73- 200906942 Specific examples of the benzophenone-based compound include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-monomethoxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxyl group. It is not limited thereto, such as 4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone or bis(2-methoxy-4-tetrahydroxy-5-benzylidylphenylmethane). In the present invention, the ultraviolet absorber is preferably a benzotriazole compound. In the present invention, the ultraviolet absorber is preferably added in an amount of 〇1 to 10% by mass based on the mass of the cellulose ester of the present invention. 2 to 5 mass% is preferred to add 0. 5 to 3 mass% is more preferable. These can be used in combination of two or more types. Further, the benzotriazole structure or the triazine structure may be a part of the polymer or a side chain which is regularly formed as a polymer, and is introduced into a molecular structure of other additives such as a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, and the like. . The ultraviolet ray absorbing polymer which has been conventionally known is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a polymer obtained by separately polymerizing RUVA-93 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.) and a polymer copolymerized with RUVA-9 3 and other monomers. . Specifically, PUVA-30M in which RUVA-93 and methyl methacrylate are copolymerized at a ratio of 3:7 (mass ratio), and PUVA_5 copolymerized at a ratio of 5:5 (mass ratio) are mentioned. 〇M and so on. Further, a polymer or the like described in JP-A-2002- 1 1 33 1 7 can be cited. <<Other Additives>> In the present invention, the cellulose vinegar may contain various additives other than the deterioration preventing agent, the plasticizer or the ultraviolet ray inhibitor. For example, an inorganic compound such as a matting agent, a chelating agent, cerium oxide or cerium salt, a dye, a pigment, a fluorescent material, a dichroic dye, a retention controlling agent, a refractive index adjusting agent, and a gas can be used. It passes through an inhibitor, an antibacterial agent, a biodegradability imparting agent, and the like. Further, it is only necessary to have the above functions, and it is also possible to use an additive which is not classified. As a method of containing these additives in a cellulose ester, each material may be directly mixed in the form of a solid or a liquid, heated and melted, and then kneaded into a uniform melt, followed by casting to form an optical film, or in advance. After all the materials are dissolved in a uniform solution using a solvent or the like, the solvent is removed to form a mixture of the additive and the cellulose ester, which is heated and melted and cast to form an optical film. (matting agent) A matting agent can be added to the film of the present invention in order to impart a lubricity or an optical or mechanical function. Examples of the matting agent include fine particles of an inorganic compound or fine particles of an organic compound. The shape of the matting agent may preferably be a spherical shape, a rod shape, a needle shape, a layer shape, a flat shape or the like. Examples of the matting agent include cerium dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, clay, talc, calcined calcium silicate, calcium citrate hydrate, aluminum citrate, magnesium citrate, calcium phosphate, and the like. Inorganic fine particles such as metal oxides, phosphates, citrates, and carbonates or crosslinked polymer fine particles. Among them, cerium oxide can reduce the haze of the film, which is preferable. These fine particles can be surface-treated by organic matter, thereby reducing the haze of the film. -75- 200906942 The surface treatment may preferably be carried out with a halogenated alkane, an alkoxy decane, a hydrazine nitrogen, a decane or the like. The larger the average particle diameter of the fine particles, the larger the smoothness effect, and conversely, the smaller the average particle diameter, the more excellent the transparency. Moreover, the average particle diameter of the primary particles of the microparticles is 0. 01~1. The range of 0#m. The average particle diameter of the primary particles of the preferred fine particles is preferably 5 to 5 Onm, more preferably 7 to 14 nm. These microparticles can form 0 on the surface of the cellulose ester film. 01~l. The 凹凸/zm bump is preferred. Examples of the fine particles of cerium oxide are Japanese AEROSIL (AEROSIL) 200, 200V, 300 'R972, R972V, R974, R202, R812, 0X50, TT600, NAX50, etc., which are manufactured by Japan AERO SIL Co., Ltd. KE-P10, KE-P30, KE-P100, KE-P150, etc., preferably AEROSIL 200V, R972V' NAX50, KE-P30, KE-P100. These fine particles may be used in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used, they can be mixed at any ratio. Fine particles with different average diameter or material, such as AEROSIL 200V and R972V, can be mass ratio of 0. 1: 99. 9~99. 9: 0. 1 range is used. The method of adding these matting agents is preferably carried out by kneading or the like. . Further, as another form, a matting agent previously dispersed in a solvent and a cellulose ester and/or a plasticizer and/or an antioxidant and/or an ultraviolet ray preventive agent are mixed and dispersed, and then the solvent is volatilized or precipitated to obtain a solid matter. When this is used in the production process of the cellulose ester melt, it is preferred to uniformly disperse the matting agent in the cellulose ester. To improve the mechanical, electrical, and optical properties of the film, the above matting agent may be added. -76- 200906942 and adding these fine particles can improve the smoothness of the obtained film, but it will increase the haze after the addition, so the content is preferably 〇. 〇 01 to 5 mass% ’ is preferably 0. 005~1% by mass, preferably 0. 01~0. 5 mass%. And as the film of the present invention, the haze exceeds 1. 0% will affect the optical material, preferably the haze is less than 1 · 0%, and more preferably it is not.  5 %. The haze can be measured in accordance with JIS-K-7136. In the storage or film forming step of the above optical film, a deterioration reaction may be caused by oxygen in the air. At this time, the stabilization effect can be attained when the above additives are used in combination, and the effect of lowering the oxygen concentration in the air can be obtained to achieve the present invention. As a known technique, the use of nitrogen or argon of an inert gas, decompression to a degassing operation under vacuum, and operation in a closed environment can be used, and a method of presenting the above additive in at least one of the above methods can be used. The optical film can suppress deterioration of the material by reducing the probability of contact with oxygen in the air, and is preferred for the purpose of the present invention. <<Optical Film>> Next, the optical film of the present invention will be described in detail. The optical film of the present invention is a functional film used for various display devices such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, and an organic EL display, and more specifically, a polarizing plate protective film for a liquid crystal display device, a retardation film, an antireflection film, and a shell. An optical compensation film such as an upward film, a hard coat film, an antiglare film, an antistatic film, and an enlarged viewing angle. In the optical film of the present invention, in addition to the cellulose ester of the present invention, it may comprise -77-200906942 a cellulose ester resin, a cellulose ether resin, or a vinyl resin (also containing polyvinyl acetate) not related to the present invention. Olefin-based resin, olefin-based resin (original spinnylene resin, monocyclic cyclic olefin resin, cyclic co-diene resin, vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resin, etc.), polyester Resin (aromatic polyester, aliphatic polyester, or copolymer containing the same), acrylic resin (also including copolymer), polycarbonate resin, polystyrene resin, polyfluorene resin, poly Acrylate resin or the like. The content of the resin other than the cellulose ester is 〇.  1 to 30% by mass is preferred. The optical film of the present invention can be used for a polarizing plate protective film, a retardation film, and an optical compensation film. Especially suitable for polarizing plate protective film. <<Melt Casting Method>> The optical film of the present invention can be produced by melt casting as described above. The solvent used in the solution casting method (for example, methylene chloride or the like) can be classified into a melt extrusion molding method, a pressure molding method, an expansion method, or the like by a molding method of melt casting by heating and melting. Injection molding method, blow molding method, extension molding method, and the like. In order to obtain a polarizing plate protective film excellent in mechanical strength and surface precision, it is preferable to use a melt extrusion molding method. The optical film is required to have little or no volatile component in the melting and film forming steps. This is foaming when heated and melted, which can reduce or avoid defects in the inside of the film or planarity deterioration of the surface of the film. The content of the volatile component when the optical film is melted is 1% by mass or less, preferably 〇_5% by mass or less, more preferably 0. 2% by mass or less, especially good -78-200906942 is 0. 1% by mass or less. In the present invention, the amount of heat loss corresponding to the temperature of the molten stream is determined by using a differential thermogravimetric measuring apparatus (TG/DTA200 manufactured by SEIKO Electric Co., Ltd.), and this amount is used as the content of the volatile component. The optical film to be used preferably contains the above-mentioned moisture or the above-mentioned volatile component, and is preferably removed before or during heating. As the removal method, a known drying method can be applied, and a heating method, a method, a heating and decompression method, or the like can be carried out, and it can be carried out in the air or in an atmosphere of an inert gas of nitrogen. When these known drying methods are carried out, the quality of the film is better when it is carried out in a temperature region where the film is not decomposed. When drying is carried out before the film formation, the generation of the volatile component can be reduced, and the polyester ester alone or the cellulose ester and the film forming material are divided into at least one kind of mixture or a mixture other than the cellulose ester, followed by drying. The temperature is preferably 70 ° C or more. When there is a material having a glass transition temperature in the dried material, when the glass is heated at a drying temperature where the glass transition temperature is high, the material is difficult to handle. Therefore, when the drying temperature is below the glass transition temperature, when the plurality of materials have a glass transition temperature, , based on the glass transition temperature of the glass transition temperature. It is preferably 70. (: Above, (glass temperature - 5 ° ° C or less), more preferably 丨丨 0 ° C or more, (glass transfer temperature ^ ) ° C or less. Drying time is preferably 〇 5 to 2 4 hours, more preferably 1 ~1 8 is best for 1 .  5 to 1 2 hours. If the drying temperature is too low, the volatile component is delayed, etc., and the pressure is selected. The fiber is dried and the ratio is better than the melting. When the lower transfer f -20, the rate of -79-200906942 is removed and the drying time is too long. Further, the drying step can be carried out in two or more stages. For example, the drying step may include a preliminary drying step of storing the material and a pre-drying step performed between ~1 week before the film formation. (Melt extrusion molding method) Hereinafter, a method for producing the cellulose ester film of the present invention will be described by taking a melt extrusion molding method as an example. Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing the overall configuration of a device for producing a cellulose ester film of the present invention, and Fig. 2 is an enlarged view of a portion from a casting die to a cooling roll. 1 and 2, in the method for producing a cellulose ester film of the present invention, after mixing a material such as a cellulose ester resin, the extruder 1 is used, and the casting die 4 is melted and extruded from the casting die 4 to the first cooling roller 5, In addition to the first cooling roll 5, a total of three cooling rolls of the second cooling roll 7 and the third cooling roll 8 are sequentially externally attached, and after cooling and solidifying, the film 10 is formed. After the film 10 which has been peeled off by the peeling roller 9, the both ends of the film are stretched in the width direction by the stretching device 12, and then taken up by the winding device 16. Further, a contact roller 6 for holding the molten film on the surface of the first cooling roll 5 is provided. The contact roller 6 has a surface having elasticity, and a nip is formed between the contact roller 6 and the first cooling roller 5. The contact roller 6 will be described in detail later. -80-200906942 The method for producing the cellulose ester film of the present invention may be carried out under the same conditions as those used for other thermoplastic resins such as polyester. It is preferred that the material is dried beforehand. The water is dried to a ratio of 100 ppm or less, preferably 200 ppm or less, by a vacuum or a vacuum dryer or a dehumidifying hot air dryer. For example, the cellulose ester-based resin which is dried by hot air or vacuum or under reduced pressure is melted at a temperature of 200 to 300 ° C using an extruder 1 and filtered by a blade type filter 2 or the like. foreign matter. When the feed hopper (not shown) is introduced into the extruder 1, it is preferable to prevent oxidative decomposition or the like under vacuum or under reduced pressure or in an inert gas atmosphere. The necessity of filtration in the present invention will be described in detail below. The cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably has a small amount of foreign matter when it is used as an optical film. The bright spot foreign matter is such that two polarizing plates are arranged in an orthogonal direction (orthogonal Nicols), and an optical film is disposed therebetween, wherein one side is illuminated by the light of the light source, and when the optical film is viewed from the other side, the point where the light of the light source leaks is seen. . In this case, it is preferable that the polarizing plate used for the evaluation is a protective film having no bright foreign matter, and it is preferable to use a glass plate for the protection of the polarizer. The light leakage of the light source is, for example, when black is displayed on the liquid crystal display device, and a part of the light is emitted to make it very conspicuous, and it is necessary to avoid the fact that the quality of the liquid crystal display device is greatly reduced. . Generally, the thinner the film thickness, the smaller the number of bright spots per unit area, and the less the content of the cellulose ester contained in the film, the less the foreign matter tends to be brighter. -81 - 200906942 The bright spot is the diameter of the bright spot at 0. 01 mm or more and 200 pieces/cm2 or less are preferable, preferably 1 inch/cm2 or less, and 50 pieces/cm2 or less is more preferable. 30 pieces/cm2 or less are particularly preferable, and 1 () pieces/cm2 or less are preferable. More special, nothing is best. Also for 0. 005~0. The highlights below 01mm are also preferably 200/cm2 or less, preferably 100/cm2 or less, 50/cm2 or less, and 30/cm2 or less, and 10/cm2 or less. Nothing is best. Among them, the following are considered as causes of bright foreign matter. 1.  Foreign matter (metal ions, garbage, etc.) contained in cellulose derived from natural raw materials.  Foreign matter mixed in the production step of cellulose ester (cellulose, metal ions, garbage, etc. which are not vinegar or low in acetification).  Foreign matter (metal ion, garbage, etc.) mixed with the cellulose ester when it is carried into the extruder purchased from the name of the raw material company. In the process of the above-mentioned 1, 2, the late stage of synthesis of the cellulose ester or the process of obtaining a precipitate When the solution is dissolved in a solvent at one time, the effect of removing the foreign matter through the filtration step in the solution state is not sufficient. On the other hand, the case of 3 is almost impossible to avoid. Therefore, a filter must be introduced between the extruder and the casting mold to reduce the bright foreign matter. When the bright foreign matter is removed by melt filtration, 'from the viewpoint of productivity and deterioration of the cellulose ester, of course, it is preferable that the filtration time is shorter. Therefore, it is preferred that the melt viscosity is small. In addition, when a cellulose ester composition such as a mixing deterioration inhibitor or a plasticizer is added by filtration, a removal efficiency of a bright foreign matter is higher, and it is preferable to prevent deterioration of the cellulose ester. . It is also possible to filter those which are suitable for mixing ultraviolet absorbers and other additives. As the filter medium, a fluororesin such as glass fiber, cellulose fiber, filter paper, or tetrafluoroethylene resin can be used, and a ceramics, a metal, or the like can be used. As the absolute overshoot accuracy, it is preferable to use 50 / z m or less, and 30 / m or less is preferable, and the following is preferable, and 5 / / m or less is preferable. These can be used in combination as appropriate. The filter material may be of a surface type or a depth type, but the depth type is less likely to be blocked and is preferred. Only when considering filtration, the viscosity (melt viscosity) of the melt containing cellulose ester is generally 5000 Pa. Below s, preferably 2000 Pa. s below, better for lOOOPa. Below s, especially good for 800Pa. s below. When the melt viscosity is too high, the filtration speed is lowered to cause a decrease in productivity, the residence time is prolonged, the resin is deteriorated, and the resin pressure is increased to cause damage of the filter material, and the like. Further, when an additive such as a plasticizer is not previously mixed, it can be kneaded in the middle of the extruder. It is preferable to make the mixing device such as the static agitator 3 to be evenly added. In the present invention, it is preferred that the cellulose ester and other additives such as a deterioration preventive agent added as necessary are mixed before melting, and it is more preferable to mix the cellulose ester and the additive before heating. -83- 200906942 The mixing can be carried out by a mixer or the like. Further, it can be mixed in the cellulose resin preparation process as described above. When a mixer is used, a general mixer such as a V-type mixer, a conical spiral type mixer, a horizontal cylinder type mixer, a Henschel mixer, or a ribbon type mixer can be used. After the optical film is mixed as described above, the mixture is directly melted by a press machine to form a film, or once the optical film is pelletized, the particles are melted by the extruder 1 to form a film. Further, when the optical film contains a plurality of materials having different melting points, the so-called rice pass semi-melt is produced only at the temperature of the material having a lower melting melting point, and the semi-melt is introduced into the extruder 1 And film making. When the optical film contains a material which is easily thermally decomposed, a method of directly forming a film under the unprocessed particles for the purpose of reducing the number of times of melting, or a method of forming a film such as a semi-melt of Meton as described above is preferred. As the extruder 1, various commercially available extruders can be used, but a melt-kneading extruder is preferred, and a single-axis extruder or a 2-axis extruder can be used. When the optical film constituent material is directly formed into a film without granules, it is necessary to use a two-axis extruder because the appropriate kneading degree is necessary. It is also possible to use a uniaxial extruder or change the spiral shape to Maddock. Types, Unimelt type, D u 1 mage and other mixing type spirals can be moderately kneaded, so they can be used. As the optical film constituent material, when a pellet or a rice pass semi-molten is used, a uniaxial extruder can be used, and a 2-axis extruder can also be used. The cooling step in the extruder 1 and after the extrusion may be replaced by an inert gas such as nitrogen or the pressure may be lowered to reduce the oxygen concentration. The melting temperature of the optical film in the extruder 1 may vary depending on the optical film adhesion - 84 - 200906942 degree or the amount of discharge, the thickness of the sheet to be produced, etc., but generally, for the glass transition temperature Tg of the film, Tg or more, Tg + 1 30 ° C or less, preferably T g + 10 ° C or more, and T g + 1 2 0 °c or less. The temperature at the time of melt extrusion of the present invention is preferably in the range of 200 ° C to 270 ° C. And the range of 230 to 260 ° C is preferred. The melt viscosity at the time of extrusion is generally 10 to 5000 Pa. s, preferably 50~2000Pa. s, preferably 1〇〇~l〇〇〇pa. s, especially good for 300~ 8 00Pa · s. When the melt viscosity is too high, the filtration rate is lowered, the productivity is lowered, the residence time is prolonged, the resin is deteriorated, and the resin pressure is increased to cause damage to the filter material. On the contrary, when the film is too low, film formation property (planarity, streaking) Occurrence, distortion, peeling from the roller, etc.) may deteriorate, and the optical film retention time in the extruder 1 is preferably shorter, within 15 minutes, preferably within 10 minutes, more preferably Within 5 minutes. The residence time is controlled by the type of extrusion machine 1 and the extrusion conditions, but can be shortened by adjusting the material supply amount or L/D, the number of spiral rotations, the depth of the spiral groove, and the like. The spiral shape or the number of rotations of the extruder 1 can be suitably selected by the viscosity or discharge amount of the optical film. The squeezing speed of the extruder 1 of the present invention is from 1/sec to 1 0000/sec, preferably from 5/sec to 1 〇〇〇/sec, more preferably from 10/sec to 1 0 0 /sec. As the extruder 1 used in the present invention, a plastic molding machine can be generally used. The optical film extruded from the extruder 1 is fed to the casting die 4 through the filter 2, static-85-200906942 agitator 3 (but the static agitator 3 is not necessary), and the self-casting die 4 The film is pressed out of the slit. The casting mold 4 is not particularly limited as long as it is used for producing a sheet or a film. Examples of the material of the casting mold 4 include hard chromium, chromium carbide, chromium nitride, titanium carbide, titanium carbonitride, titanium nitride, ultra-steel, ceramics (tungsten carbide, aluminum oxide, chromium oxide). For spraying or plating, as surface processing, it is possible to apply honing using a grinding stone of less than 1 000 pieces, and use a plane cutting of more than 1 000 diamond grinding stones (the direction of the cutting and the flow direction of the resin are Vertical direction), electrolytic honing, electrolytic composite honing, etc. The preferred material of the lip portion of the casting mold 4 is the same as that of the casting mold 4. Moreover, the surface precision of the protrusion is 0. 5S or less is better, 0. Below 2S is preferred. The slit of the casting mold 4 is configured to adjust the interval. This is shown in Figure 3. One of a pair of projections (lips) forming the slit 32 of the casting mold 4 is a flexible projection 33 having a low rigidity and being easily deformed, and the other is a fixing projection 34. Most of the heating bolts 35 are arranged at a certain pitch in the width direction of the casting mold 4, that is, in the longitudinal direction of the slits 3 2 . Each of the heating bolts 35 is provided with a block 36 having a buried electric heater 37 and a cooling medium passage, and each of the heating bolts 35 penetrates each of the blocks 36 in the longitudinal direction. The base of the heating bolt 35 is fixed to the mold body 3 1, and the tip end is engaged with the outer surface of the flexible protrusion 3 3 . When the block 36 is cooled by a general air conditioner, the input force of the buried electric heater 37 is increased or decreased, and the temperature of the block 36 is adjusted, thereby thermally expanding and heating the bolt-86-200906942 3 5 to change the flexibility protrusion 3 3 . Adjust the film thickness. A thickness gauge is disposed at a desired location after the molding, whereby the detected fabric thickness information is placed in the control device, and the thickness information is compared with the set thickness information by the control device. The signal is used to control the power or operating rate of the heating element of the heating bolt. The heating bolts are preferably 20 to 40 cm in length and 7 to 14 mm in diameter. For example, a plurality of plural heating bolts are arranged at a preferred pitch of 2 〇 4 〇 mm. Instead of the heating bolts, it is also possible to arrange the spacers in the axial direction to manually move them back and forth to adjust the spacing of the slots as the main spacing adjustment member. The gap interval adjusted by the spacer adjusting member is generally 2 0 0 to 1 〇 〇 〇 y m, preferably 300 to 800 # m, more preferably 400 to 600/zm. The first to third cooling rolls are made of a seamless steel pipe having a wall thickness of about 20 to 3 mm, and the surface is mirror-finished. A pipe into which the coolant flows is disposed inside, and the pipe is configured to absorb heat from the film on the roll by the coolant flowing therein. In the first to third cooling rolls, the first cooling roll 5 corresponds to the rotary support of the present invention. On the other hand, the contact roller 6 coupled to the first cooling roller 5 has elasticity on its surface, and is deformed along the surface of the first cooling roller 5 by the pressure of the first cooling roller 5, and is interposed between the first roller 5 and the first roller 5. A nip is formed. That is, the contact roller 6 corresponds to the nip rotating body of the present invention. Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the touch roll 6 (hereinafter referred to as contact roll A). As shown in the figure, the contact roller A is a member in which the elastic roller 42 is disposed inside the flexible metal sleeve 41. The metal sleeve 41 has a thickness of 0. The 3mm stainless steel maker has a flexibility of -87-200906942. If the metal sleeve 41 is too thin, the strength will be insufficient. On the contrary, the elasticity will be insufficient. Thereby, the thickness of the metal sleeve 41 is 0. The 1~5&quot;1»1 type of the drum 42 is provided with a rubber 4 4 which is a roller-shaped metal inner cylinder 43 which is rotatably supported by a bearing. When the contact roller A is pressurized on the first cooling roller 5, the spring 42 is a metal sleeve 41 which is pressurized by the first cooling roller 5, and the metal and the elastic roller 42 are in a similar shape corresponding to the first cooling roller 5. A nip is formed between the first cooling roll and the first cooling roll. Cooling water 45 flows into the space between the elastic rollers 42 inside the metal sleeve 41. Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 show B of another embodiment of the crimping rotor. The contact roller B has flexibility, and the outer cylinder 5 1 made of a seamless stainless steel pipe 4 m m is disposed in a manner similar to the inner side of the outer cylinder 5 1 and the high-rigidity metal inner cylinder 52. Inflow cooling in the space 53 between the outer cylinder 5 1 and the inner cylinder 52: In detail, the contact roller B is 'rotating shafts 5 5 a, 5 5 b at both ends, and the cylinder supporting flanges 56a, 56b' A thin-walled metal outer cylinder 51 is attached to the outer cylinder support flange 56a and the outer peripheral portion. Further, the fluid supply pipe 59 is formed in a fluid discharge hole 58 formed in the flow passage 57 formed by the axial center portion of the one rotation shaft 55 a, and the fluid supply pipe 59 is connected and fixed to the fluid supply pipe 59. The fluid cylinder 60 is disposed on the axial center of the thin-walled gold 5 1 . The inner cylinder support projections may be attached to both ends of the fluid barrel 60. The upper surface of the elastic roller is deformed into a contact roller (the thickness of the heart is 54. The fluid loaded with the outer 56b is returned to the same outer edge 6 1a -88- 200906942, 61b, from these inner cylinders The metal inner cylinder 52 having a wall thickness of about 15 to 20 mm is attached to the outer cylinder support flange 56b between the outer peripheral portion of the support flanges 61a, 61b. The metal inner cylinder 52 and the thin metal outer cylinder Between 5 1 , for example, a flow space 53 for forming a coolant of about 10 mm is formed, and in the metal inner cylinder 52 , a communication flow space 5 3 and an inner cylinder support flange 6 1 a, 6 1 are formed in the vicinity of both end portions. b. The outer passage 6 2 a, 6 2 b of the outflow port 5 2 a, and the inflow port 52b. Further, the outer cylinder 5 1 has flexibility, flexibility, and restorability similar to rubber elasticity. The thin-walled cylinder theory of elastic mechanics can be thinned within the applicable range. The flexibility evaluated by the thin-walled cylinder theory is expressed by the ratio of the wall thickness t/roller radius r, and the smaller the ratio of t/r, the more flexible High. In the contact roller B, t/rS 0. At 03, flexibility is the optimum condition. Generally, the contact rolls used are: roll diameter R = 2 00~500mm C roll radius r=R/2), roll effective width L = 500~1600mm under r/L &lt; l horizontally long shape. As shown in Fig. 6, for example, when the roll diameter: R = 300 mm, the effective width of the roll: L = 1 200 mm, the wall thickness: the optimum range of t is 15 〇χ〇 · 03 = 4 · 5 mm or less, but for When the width of the molten sheet is 1 300 mm, when the average linear pressure is 99 8 N/cm, the rebound ratio is equal to the thickness of the outer cylinder 51 when the thickness of the outer cylinder 51 is 3 mm, and the outer cylinder 51 is The nip width k of the squeezing direction of the chill roll is also about 9 mm, and the nip width of the rubber roll is shown to be close to about 12 mm, and it is known that the nip can be pinched under the same conditions. Further, the amount of deflection in the nip width k is about 0.05 to 0.1 mm. -89- 200906942 Where, as t/r芸0.03, when the roll diameter is generally R=200~500mm, especially in the range of 2 mm S t S 5 mm, sufficient flexibility can be obtained' and by machining The thinning is also easy to implement and becomes a very practical range. When the wall thickness is 2 mm or less, the elastic deformation during processing cannot be processed with high precision. The conversion of 2 mm gt S 5 mm is 0.0088/s S 0.05 for the normal roll diameter, but it is practically proportional to the roll diameter and the wall thickness under the conditions of t/r and 〇_〇3. It is better to get bigger. For example, the roll diameter: R = 2 0 0, t = 2~3mm, roll diameter: R=500, t=4~5mm, the contact light A, B is, by the unillustrated An energizing means provides energy to the first chill roll. The supply capacity of the energizing means is F, and the width w of the film of the nip (the nip) along the direction of the rotation axis of the first cooling roll 5 is set to 9.8 = F / W (linear pressure) is set to 9.8 to 147 N /cm. In the embodiment of the present invention, a nip is formed between the contact rolls A and B and the first cooling roll 5, and the nip is corrected to be flat between the passages of the film. Therefore, when the contact roller is composed of a rigid body and the nip is not formed between the first cooling roller, the thin film is pressed for a long time, and the flatness can be more reliably corrected. That is, if the line pressure is less than 9.8 N/cm, the plastic film line cannot be sufficiently eliminated. On the contrary, if the line pressure is larger than 14 nN/cm, the film does not easily pass through the nip, and the film thickness tends to cause unevenness. -90- 200906942 In addition, when the surface of the contact rolls A and B is made of metal, the surface of the rolls A and B can be smoothly smoothed compared with the case where the surface of the contact roll is rubber, so that a film having high smoothness can be obtained. . Further, as the material of the elastic body 4 4 of the elastic roller 42, an ethylene-propylene propylene rubber, a neoprene rubber, a ruthenium rubber or the like can be used. However, it is important to eliminate the plastic film line by contact with the light 6 and the film viscosity when contacting the film is required to be an appropriate range. Further, it is known that the cellulose ester has a large viscosity change due to temperature. Therefore, in order to set the viscosity when the contact roller 6 is pressed against the optical film to an appropriate range, it is important that the film temperature at which the contact roller 6 sandwiches the optical film must be set to an appropriate range. When the present inventors regard the glass transition temperature of the optical film as Tg, the optical film is pressed against the film temperature T before the contact roller 6 to satisfy the Tg. &lt;T &lt; T g + 1 1 0 °C conditions are preferred. If the temperature T of the optical film is lower than Tg, the film viscosity will be too high to correct the film line. Conversely, if the temperature T of the optical film is higher than Tg + 1 1 0 °c, the surface of the optical film and the roller cannot be uniformly adhered, and the film line cannot be corrected. Preferably Tg+10°C &lt;T2 &lt;Tg+90 ° C, more preferably Tg+20t: &lt; T2 &lt; Tg + 70. (: The temperature of the optical film when the contact roll 6 is pressed with the cellulose ester film is set to an appropriate range, and the melt extruded from the casting die 4 is adjusted by the position P 1 in contact with the first cooling roll 5. The length L of the first cooling roller 5 in the nip of the first cooling roller 5 and the contact roller 6 is -91 - 200906942. In the present month, the second roller 5 and the second roller 6 Preferred materials include carbon steel, stainless steel, _lipid, etc. Further, the surface precision is preferably high, and the surface roughness is 0.3 S or less, preferably 〇〇 ls or less. In the present invention, by casting The portion from the opening (lip) to the first portion of the mold 4 is reduced to 7 kPa or less, and the effect of correcting the plastic film line is preferably increased. Preferably, the pressure is 5 Torr to 7 kPa. The method of maintaining the partial pressure of the opening portion (11p) of the male mold 4 to the first roller 5 at 7 〇 kpa or less is not particularly limited, and the self-casting mold 4 is applied to the periphery of the roller to cover the pressure member, and the pressure is reduced. In this case, the suction device is configured such that the device does not become a place of attachment of the sublimate, and the heater is heated to be heated. In the present invention, if the suction pressure is too small, the sublimate material cannot be effectively attracted, so that it is necessary to have an appropriate suction pressure. In the present invention, the film-like cellulose ester in a molten state from the T mold 4 is used. The resin is conveyed in a dense manner in the order of the first roll (first cooling roll) 5, the second cooling roll 7, and the third cooling roll 8, and is cooled and solidified to obtain an unstretched cellulose ester-based resin film 1 In the embodiment of the present invention shown in Fig. 1, the cooled and solidified unstretched film 10 which is peeled off from the third cooling roll 8 by the peeling roller 9 is passed through a dancer roll (film tension adjusting roll) 1 1 The extension machine 1 2 is introduced, and the film 10 is oriented in the lateral direction (width direction). The molecules in the film are aligned by the stretching. The method of extending the optical film in the width direction can be carried out by a known tenter or the like. It is preferable to carry out the extension direction as the width direction 'and the layer of the polarizing film-92-200906942 in the form of a roll. The retardation axis of the optical film formed by the film when extending in the width direction becomes a wide direction. Transmissive axis of polarizing film It is also a wide direction. The transmission axis of the film is parallel to the slow phase axis of the optical film, and the laminate is incorporated into the liquid crystal display device, thereby improving the display of the liquid crystal display device and obtaining a good viewing angle. The temperature Tg can be controlled by the difference in the type of the optical material and the ratio of the materials constituting the film. When the film is made into a retardation film, the Tg is 12 CTC or more, preferably more. In the liquid crystal display device, the image is in the image forming state. The temperature of the device rises, for example, the temperature rise from the light source causes a change in the temperature of the film. At this time, the temperature of the film is used, and the Tg of the optical film causes the retention of the molecules fixed by the inside of the film.値, and as a film, the size of the shape changes greatly. When the Tg of the optical film is too high, the optical film is too high in temperature and the energy consumption of the heating is increased, and the optically thin material itself is decomposed, and coloring is caused thereby, so that it is preferably 250 ° C or less. . Further, in the extending step, a known heat setting condition and a cooling treatment can be carried out, and the optical film having a desired purpose can be appropriately adjusted. In order to impart the function of the phase difference film of the phase difference film and the phase difference film of the liquid crystal display device, the above extension can be appropriately selected, and the optical polarization thin polarizing plate is compared, and the optical environment of the film 135 〇 C itself is lower. At the time of film formation, the Tg is carried out by the heat-fixing treatment of the Tg, the relaxation characteristic, and the heat-fixing treatment of -93-200906942. In the case where the stretching step and the heat setting treatment are carried out, the stretching step and the heat setting treatment may be appropriately selected. When manufacturing a retardation film as an optical film, and the function of the polarizing film to protect the film, refractive index control must be performed, but the refractive index control can be performed by an extending operation, and an extending operation is preferred. The extension method will be described below. In the step of extending the retardation film, the stretching of the cellulose resin in the direction of 1.0 to 2.0 times in the direction of the film and the stretching in the direction of the film in the direction of the intersection of 1.01 to 2.5 times can control the necessary retention 値R〇 And Rt. Wherein R 〇 represents in-plane enthalpy, and Rt represents 厚度 厚度 in the thickness direction. The retained enthalpys Ro and Rt can be obtained by the following formula. Formula (i) Ro = ( nx-ny) xd Formula (ii) Rt = ( (nx+ny) /2-nz) xd (wherein nx represents the refractive index in the direction of the slow axis of the film, ny represents The refractive index in the direction of the fast axis of the film, nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction of the film (the refractive index is measured at a wavelength of 590 ° C in an environment of 23 ° C, 55% RH), and d represents the film thickness (nm). The refractive index of the optical film is Abbe's refractometer (4T), the thickness of the film is obtained using a micrometer, and the retention time is 自动 A BRA - 2 1 ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.) Each measurement was performed. The extension can be carried out, for example, for the long direction of the optical film and in the direction orthogonal to the plane of the optical film, i.e., for the width direction, successively or simultaneously. At this time, if the stretching ratio in at least one direction is too small, a sufficient phase -94 - 200906942 is not obtained, and if it is too large, the stretching becomes difficult and the optical film is broken. For example, when it is extended in the direction of the melt casting, if the shrinkage in the width direction is too large, the crucible will be too large. At this time, it is suppressed that the width of the film is shrunk or extended in the width direction. When extending in the width direction, uneven refractive index distribution occurs in the width direction. This distribution sometimes occurs when the tenter method is used, and it is presumed that when the optical film is stretched in the width direction, a contraction force is generated in the central portion of the optical film, and the end portion is fixed, which is so-called The bowing phenomenon. At this time, when the stretching is also performed in the casting direction, the bowing phenomenon can be suppressed, and the uneven distribution of the phase difference in the width direction can be reduced. By extending in the two-axis directions parallel to each other, the film thickness variation of the obtained optical film can be reduced. When the film thickness of the retardation film is excessively changed, the phase difference is uneven, and when it is used for a liquid crystal display, it may cause unevenness in coloring or the like. The film thickness variation of the optical film is ±3%, more preferably ±1%. In the above object, the method of extending in the two-axis direction orthogonal to each other is effective, and the stretching ratio in the two-axis direction orthogonal to each other is 1.0 to 2.0 times in the final casting direction, and 1.01 to 2.5 times in the width direction. The range is preferably, and it is more preferable to obtain a retention enthalpy which is carried out in the range of 1. 〇 5 to 2.0 times in the width direction in the casting direction of 1. 〇1 to 1. 5 times. When there is an absorption axis of a polarizer in the longitudinal direction, the transmission axes of the polarizers in the width direction can be made uniform. In order to obtain a long-length polarizing plate, the retardation film -95-200906942 is preferably extended in the width direction to obtain a slow phase axis. When a cellulose ester having a positive birefringence is used for the stress, when the above structure is extended in the width direction, the retardation axis of the retardation film can be stressed in the width direction. In this case, in order to improve the display quality, the retardation axis of the retardation film is preferably in the width direction, and the retention of the target must be satisfied, and the formula: (the stretching ratio in the width direction) &gt; (the stretching ratio in the casting direction) condition. After the extension, the end portion of the optical film is cut by the slitting machine 13 as a slit of the width of the product, and then formed by the edge ring 14 and the back side light processing device at the two ends of the film. The knurled processing is performed by the winder 16 to prevent the occurrence of sticking or scratching in the cellulose ester film (yuan roll) F. In the method of burring, a metal ring having a convex and concave pattern on the side can be processed by heating or pressurization. Further, the holding portion of the press plate at both end portions of the film is generally deformed and cannot be used as a film product. Therefore, it can be reused as a raw material after being cut. Continuing the optical film winding step is such that the film is wound on the take-up reel by keeping the shortest distance between the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical roll film and the outer peripheral surface of the previous transfer roll. Further, before the take-up reel, means such as a static eliminating fan for removing or reducing the surface potential of the film may be provided. The coiler for producing the optical film of the present invention can be used by a general method, and can be wound by a winding method such as a constant tension method, a constant torque method, a tilting tension method, or a program tension control method with a constant internal stress. Further, the initial winding tension at the time of winding the optical film is preferably 9 〇 2 to 300.8 N/m. -96- 200906942 In the method of the present invention, in the winding step of the film, it is preferred to wind up the film under the environmental conditions of a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C and a humidity of 20 to 60% RH. In this way, the temperature and humidity of the optical film winding step can be adjusted to improve the humidity change resistance of the 値 (Rt) in the thickness direction. When the temperature in the winding step is less than 20t, crepe is generated, and the deterioration of the quality of the film roll makes it impossible to use it. When the temperature in the winding step of the optical film exceeds 30 Å, wrinkles are still generated, and the film roll quality is deteriorated, which is not practical. Moreover, if the humidity in the winding step of the optical film is less than 20% RH, it is easy to generate static electricity, and the deterioration of the film roll quality makes it impossible to use it. However, the humidity in the winding step of the optical film exceeds 6〇% RH. At the time, the roll quality, the lamination failure, the conveyability, and the like may deteriorate. When the optical film is wound into a roll shape, it can be any material as the core of the roll, but it is preferably a hollow plastic core, which is resistant to heat treatment as a plastic material. The heat-resistant plasticity of the temperature may be a resin such as a phenol resin, a xylene resin, a melamine resin, a polyester resin or an epoxy resin. Further, it is preferable to use a tempered thermosetting resin such as glass fiber. For example, 'Hollow plastic core · · The outer diameter of 6 inches (hereinafter referred to as 2 · 5 4 c m ) made of FRP, and the inner core of 5 inches. The number of rolls of these cores is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and the thickness of the film is preferably 5 cm or more, and the width of the film substrate is preferably 80 cm or more. Very good. -97- 200906942 The thickness of the optical film of the present invention is preferably from 10 to 500 / zm, particularly preferably less than 20 // m, depending on the optical film to be used. Preferably, the upper limit is 150#m or less. Good, 120/im is better with 25~90#m. When the optical film of the present invention has a retardation film film and the film thickness of the optical film is within the above range, it is preferable for a liquid crystal display of a brain or a portable electronic device. On the other hand, when the optical film is too thin, it is difficult to perform as a phase, and the ability to protect the moisture permeability of the film is lowered, which is not preferable. When the retardation axis or the fast phase axis of the retardation film exists at an angle of Θ 1 in the film direction, 0 1 is -1 to -0 + 0_5. . This 0 1 is defined as the alignment angle, and the measurement of 0 1 can be measured by KOBRA-21 ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd. 6» 1 to obtain brightness, which can suppress or prevent light leakage, and is faithful to color liquid crystal. The retardation film is arranged such that the VA-type film having a wide viewing angle is used as a region in which the fast phase axis of the retardation film is used as a region, and the image quality is improved. For example, when a polarizing plate or an MVA type is used, a pattern can be used. The composition shown in Fig. 7 is different, but it is better. 爵 3 5 &quot; m or more. The lower is better. Special and polarizing plate protection thin is used for the retention of thin-type light-weight film. The polarizer is carried out by the in-plane of the wet film, with a temperature of 1 °, preferably -5. Using automatic birefringence. In the case where the preferred display device of the image is available, the phase difference thinness 0 1 is disposed in -98-200906942 of the above liquid crystal display device. In FIG. 7, 21a, 21b are protective films, 22a, 22b are retardation films, 25a, 25b is a polarizer, 23a and 23b are the slow axis directions of the film, 24a and 24b are the transmission axis directions of the polarizers, 26a and 26b are polarizing plates, 27 is a liquid crystal cell, and 29 is a liquid crystal display device. The retention Ro distribution in the in-plane direction of the optical film is preferably 5% or less, preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% or less. Further, the retention Rt distribution in the thickness direction of the film is preferably adjusted to 10% or less, more preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% or less. In the retardation film, it is preferable that the variation of the distribution of the retained ruthenium is small. When the liquid crystal display device includes the polarizing plate of the retardation film, it is preferable to prevent color unevenness when the variation of the retention distribution is small. The retardation film is adjusted to have a retention enthalpy which is suitable for improving the quality of the liquid crystal cell of the VA form or the TN form, and is particularly suitable for the MVA form when it is divided into the above-described multiple regions as the VA form, and the in-plane retention R is formed. It is 95 nm or less larger than 30 nm, and the thickness direction retention Rt is adjusted to be larger than 70 nm and 400 nm or less. The in-plane retention R〇 is such that two polarizing plates are disposed between the crossed Nicols polarizing plates to arrange liquid crystal cells. For example, when the configuration is as shown in FIG. 7 'when viewed from the normal direction of the display surface, when viewed in the crossed Nicols state, when viewed from the slope of the normal line of the display surface, the polarized plate is crossed. The Cole state produces a deviation, which compensates for the light leakage caused by this. The thickness direction is retained in the TN form or the VA form described above, and particularly in the case where the liquid crystal cell in the V A form is in the black display state, the birefringence of the liquid crystal cell as seen from the oblique -99-200906942 surface can be similarly compensated. As shown in Fig. 7, in the liquid crystal display device, when two polarizing plates are arranged on the upper and lower sides of the liquid crystal cell, 22b in the figure is a distribution in which the thickness is retained, and Rt is satisfied, and the thickness is retained in the Rt. The total 値 is more than 140 nm, and preferably 500 nm or less. At this time, when the surface of 22a and 22b is retained by Ro and the thickness direction is retained by Rt, the productivity of the industrial polarizing plate can be improved. It is particularly preferable that the in-plane retention Ro is greater than 35 nm and is 65 nm or less, and the thickness direction retention Rt is more than 90 nm, and when it is 180 nm or less, it is suitable for the liquid crystal cell of the MVA form as shown in FIG. In the liquid crystal display device, for example, a light-shielding protective film which is sold as a thin film, a TAC film having a thickness of 35 to 85 μm and a thickness of 20 to 60 nm in the thickness direction of 20 to 60 nm is retained in the surface, for example, 22b of FIG. 7 is used. In the case of the position, the polarizing film of the other polarizing plate can be disposed. For example, the phase difference film disposed in the 2 2 a of FIG. 7 can be used, and the internal retention ratio Ro can be larger than 30 nm and 95 nm or less, and the thickness direction is retarded by the Rt ratio. 140nm large and below 400nm. This improves the display quality and is also good from the production side of the film. "Recycling" In the film forming step, the pressed portion of the pressed film at both ends of the cut film is subjected to pulverization treatment or, if necessary, granulation treatment, and can be reused as a raw material for the same type of film or a raw material for a different type of film. . Two-way and use Rt to reduce the thickness of the thin surface -100-200906942 "Functional Layer" When manufacturing the optical film of the present invention, 'Extension Bli and/or P-side electrostatic layer, transparent conductive layer, hard coating A functional layer such as a cloth layer, an antireflection layer, an antifouling layer, a slippery layer, an easy adhesion layer, an antiglare layer, a gas barrier layer, and an optical compensation layer is coated. It is particularly preferable to provide one layer selected from the group consisting of an antistatic layer, a hard coat layer, an antireflection layer, an adhesive layer, an antiglare layer, and an optical compensation layer. At this time, various surface treatments such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, and chemical treatment may be performed as necessary. <<Basification>> The alkalization treatment may be performed by immersing the film in an alkalizing solution (dipping method) or coating an alkalizing solution (coating method). (Alkali solution) The optical film of the present invention is preferably an alkalization solution using an alkali solution having a concentration of 2 mol/L or more as an alkalizing solution. The alkalizing solution is formed of an alkali agent and water, and may contain a surfactant and a compatibilizing agent depending on the case. The concentration of the above alkali solution (the amount of the alkali agent in the alkali solution) must be determined in accordance with the degree of substitution of the thiol group of the cellulose ester. That is, in the cellulose ester, as the carbon number of the fluorenyl group increases, the alkalization efficiency is remarkably lowered. To increase the carbon number of the sulfhydryl group, the alkali concentration must be increased'. However, if the alkali concentration is too high, the stability of the alkali solution is improved. It will be damaged. 'Precipitation may occur under long-term application. It is necessary to match the structure of cellulose ester 'suitably for the 200906942 alkali solution', where the lower alkali concentration is preferred. Further, when the cellulose ester contains an alkali hydrolyzable additive, it is not preferable to decompose it and excessively raise the concentration. Therefore, the alkali solution used in the present invention is preferably 2 mol/L to 4.0 mol/L, and more preferably 2 mol/L to 2.5 mol/L. In the present invention, the alkalization treatment temperature is preferably from 40 ° C to 80 ° C, preferably from 40 ° C to 70 ° C, more preferably from 40 ° C to 65 ° C. The alkalization temperature is only 40 ° C or more, and alkalization of the surface of the cellulose ester is easy, and adhesion to a polarizer is easily obtained, and a polarizing plate having good durability can be easily produced. On the other hand, if the alkalization treatment temperature is too high, the components (plasticizer, etc.) in the vaporized film may be extracted or decomposed, and the film may be excessively swollen, causing problems such as film surface whitening. Examples of other alkaline agents of the present invention include sodium phosphate, potassium, ammonium, sodium phosphate, potassium, ammonium, ammonium carbonate, ammonium hydrogencarbonate, sodium borate, potassium, and ammonium. An inorganic alkaline agent such as sodium hydroxide, potassium, and lithium 'same ammonium. Further, monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, triisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine can also be used. , triethanolamine, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, ethyl imine, ethyl diamine, pyridine, DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0] — 7-undecene), DBN (1,5-diazabicyclo[4,3,0]-5-nonene), tetramethyl hydroxy oxychloride, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra An organic alkaline agent such as propyl ammonium hydroxide, tetrabutyl chlorohydroxide-102-200906942, or triethylbutylammonium hydroxide. These bases may be used in combination of two or more kinds, and a part thereof may be added, for example, by halogenation. Among these, 'the sodium hydroxide and the barium hydroxide are adjusted to adjust the amount to adjust the solvent of the above alkali solution to a water alone solvent, or water and a mixed solvent. Preferred examples of the organic solvent include monoethers of alcohols and alkanols, ketones, guanamines, guanidines, and ethers, and alcohols having a molecular weight of 61 or more. More preferably, the molecular weight is 61 or more. Ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, pentanediol, hexamethylene ether, glycerin monoethyl ether, cyclohexanediol, cyclohexane didiol, dipropylene glycol, and the like. The organic solvent used in combination with water can be used in a single type or more. (Basification treatment) The optical film of the present invention as described above can be preferably subjected to a step of subjecting the film to an inspecting treatment and a step of exposing the test solution to a film. Thereafter, the step of neutralizing the alkali solution and the step of washing out the medium may be contained. These steps can be carried out at the time of transporting the film, and the immersion in an alkali solution as described in JP-A No. 2,004-203, pp. The method. The agent may be used alone in the form of a salt. The pH of the organic solvent and the diol compound are preferably molecular alcohols, specific diols, glycerol methanol, diethyl benzene or mixed 2 steps of the foregoing test solution, and the liquid is used by a film, such as a special method, or The alkali solution is carried out at -103 to 200906942. The alkalization time is preferably from 30 seconds to 5 minutes, preferably from 1 to 2 minutes. When the alkalization time is too long, the durability of the polarizing plate described later may be adversely affected. <<Polarizing Plate>> When the optical film of the present invention is used as a polarizing plate protective film, the method for producing the polarizing plate is not particularly limited, and it can be produced by a general method. The inner side of the optical film of the present invention is alkalized, and the treated optical film is immersed in at least one surface of the polarizing film formed by stretching in an iodine solution, and it is preferred to use a fully alkalized polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution for lamination. The optical film of the present invention is also used on the other side, or another polarizing plate may be used to protect the film. For the optical film of the present invention, a polarizing plate protective film used on the other side can be used as a commercially available optical film. For example, as a cellulose ester film to be sold, KC8UX2M, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC4UY, KC8UY, KCI2UR, KC8UCR-3, KC8UCR-4, KC4FR-1, KC8UY-HA, KC8UX-RHA (above is Konicaminolta) System) and so on. Alternatively, it is preferable to use a polarizing plate protective film which is an optical compensation film of an optical heterogeneous layer formed by orienting a liquid crystal compound such as a discotic liquid crystal, a rod-like liquid crystal or a cholesteric liquid crystal. For example, an optical anisotropic layer can be formed by the method described in JP-A-200-979. By using the optical film of the present invention, a polarizing plate having excellent planarity and a stable viewing angle expansion effect can be obtained. -104- 200906942 Or a film of a cyclic olefin resin other than an optical film, a propylene resin, a polyester, a polycarbonate, or the like can be used as a polarizing plate protective film on the other side. In place of the above-mentioned test, the polarization of the component which is mainly composed of a polarizing plate, which is described in the publication of the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 6-94915, and the publication of the polarizing plate which is easy to be processed as described in the publication No. 6-1 1 8 2 3 2 The film is a light element that passes only a polarizing surface in a certain direction, and a representative polarizing film that is now known is a polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film, which is obtained by dyeing a polyethylene alcohol-based film with iodine. The dyed dichroic dye is obtained. The polarizing film is preferably formed by subjecting a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution to film formation, stretching it after one-axis stretching, or dyeing it to perform one-axis stretching, preferably after treatment with a boron compound. The film thickness of the polarizing film is 5 to 40 //m', preferably 5 to 30/zm, and particularly preferably 5 to 20/m. On the surface of the polarizing film, a polarizing plate was formed by laminating the surface of the optical film of the present invention. It is preferably laminated by a water-based adhesive containing a fully alkalized polyvinyl alcohol or the like as a main component. Since the polarizing film extends in the direction of one axis (usually the long direction), when the polarizing plate is placed in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, the extending direction (usually the long direction) is tightened, and the direction is perpendicular to the extending direction (usually the width direction). )extend. The thinner the film thickness of the polarizing plate protective film, the larger the expansion ratio of the polarizing plate, and the larger the shrinkage amount in the extending direction of the polarizing film. In general, the direction in which the polarizing film extends is bonded to the casting direction (MD direction) of the film for protecting the polarizing plate. Therefore, when the film for protecting the polarizing plate is formed into a film, the expansion ratio in the casting direction is particularly important. The present invention -105-200906942 The optical film has excellent dimensional stability and can be suitably used as such a polarizing plate protective film. That is, the optical film of the present invention does not increase wavy spots by the durability test under the conditions of 60 ° C and 90% RH, and can be provided for durability even if it is a polarizing plate having an optical compensation film on the inner side. Good visibility of no change in viewing angle characteristics after sex test. The polarizing plate is composed of a polarizing film and a protective film for protecting both sides thereof, and a protective film is laminated on the opposite side of the polarizing plate on the opposite side. The protective film and the release film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate during inspection of the product when the polarizing plate is shipped. At this time, the protective film is bonded for the purpose of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate, and is used to bond the polarizing plate to the reverse surface of the surface of the liquid crystal panel. Further, the release film is used for the purpose of covering the adhesive layer of the liquid crystal panel, and is used for bonding the polarizing plate to the surface of the liquid crystal cell. "Crystal display device" A polarizing plate using a polarizing plate protective film (also including a phase difference film) containing the optical film of the present invention can exhibit higher display quality than a general polarizing plate, especially for a multi-region type. The liquid crystal display device is preferably a multi-region type liquid crystal display device by a birefringence type. The polarizing plate of the present invention can be in the form of MVA (Multi-domein Vertical Alignment), PVA (Patterned Vertical Alignment), CPA ( Continuous Pinwheel Alignment), -106-200906942 OCB (Optical Compensated Bend) format, IPS (In piace Switching) format, etc., are not limited to the configuration of a specific liquid crystal form or a polarizing plate. The liquid crystal display device can be applied as a device for colorization and animation display, and the present invention can improve the display quality, improve the contrast improvement or the resistance of the polarizing plate, and can exhibit the real moving image display without being fatigued. In a liquid crystal display device including at least a retardation film containing a retardation film, a polarizing plate containing the retardation film of the present invention is disposed one on the liquid crystal cell or two on both sides of the liquid crystal cell. At this time, when the phase difference film side of the present invention containing the polarizing plate is used to face the liquid crystal cell of the liquid crystal display device, the display quality can be improved. In Fig. 7, the films of 22a and 22b are liquid crystal cells facing the liquid crystal display device. In such a configuration, the polarizing plate protective film of the optical film of the present invention can compensate for the optical properties of the liquid crystal cell. When the polarizing plate of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, at least one polarizing plate in the polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device may be used as the polarizing plate of the present invention. By using the polarizing plate of the present invention, the display quality can be improved, and the liquid crystal display device having excellent viewing angle characteristics can be improved. In the polarizing plate of the present invention, a polarizing plate protective film of a cellulose derivative is used as the opposite side of the retardation film from the viewpoint of a polarizer, and a general-purpose TAC film or the like can be used. The polarizer protection film located far from the liquid crystal cell can be configured with other functional layers in order to improve the quality of the display device. For example, 'in order to improve reflection prevention, anti-glare, scratch resistance, adhesion prevention, and brightness enhancement, a known functional layer as a display may be used as a film contained in a constituent or may be bonded to the surface of the polarizing plate of the present invention, but is not limited only. -107- 200906942 Here. In the general retardation film, when the change in R〇 or Rth is small as the retention property, it is desired to obtain stable optical characteristics, and it is required that the variation of Ro or Rth is small. In particular, in a birefringent type liquid crystal display device, these variations are causes of image unevenness. According to the present invention, the long-length retardation film produced by the melt-casting film forming method is composed mainly of a cellulose resin. Therefore, the alkali-based alkalinization of the cellulose resin can be utilized to carry out the alkali treatment step. When the resin constituting the polarizer is polyvinyl alcohol, the fully alkalized polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution can be bonded to the retardation film of the present invention in the same manner as the polarizing plate protective film in the past. Therefore, the present invention is excellent in application to the polarizing plate processing method in the past, and is particularly excellent in that a long-sized roller polarizing plate can be obtained. The manufacturing effect obtained by the present invention is particularly remarkable in the case of a long roll of 1 〇〇m or more, and the manufacturing effect of the polarizing plate can be obtained when the length is 1500 m, 2500 m, or 5000 m. For example, in the manufacture of a polarizing plate protective film, the length of the roll is 10 to 5 μm, preferably 50 to 450 0 m in consideration of productivity and transportability, and the film width at this time may be selected from the width of the polarizer or may be applied to The width of the manufacturing process. 0.5~4_0m' is preferably a film made of width of 0.6~3.0m, which can be supplied into a polarizing plate after being wound into a roll shape, and is manufactured for a purpose of a film of a multiple width or more and wound up on a roll, and is obtained after being cut. A wide roll, such a roll can be used for polarizing plate processing. The polarizing plate protective film can be coated with a functional layer such as an electrostatic layer, a cured film layer, a slippery layer, an adhesive layer, an antiglare layer, and a barrier layer before and/or after the extension. At this time, various surface treatments such as a corona discharge treatment, a plasma treatment, and a chemical liquid treatment can be carried out as necessary. The composition of the cellulose resin containing the additives such as the above-mentioned plasticizer, ultraviolet absorber, and matting agent is co-extruded, and the optical film having a laminated structure can be obtained. For example, an optical film such as a skin layer/core layer/skin layer can be produced. For example, the matting agent can be placed in a large amount in the skin layer or only in the skin layer. The amount of the plasticizer and the ultraviolet absorber to be placed may be larger in the core layer than in the skin layer, or may be placed only in the core layer. Further, the core layer and the skin layer may be changed by a type of a plasticizer or an ultraviolet absorber. For example, a low-volatility plasticizer and/or a UV absorber may be contained in the skin layer, and a plasticizer excellent in plasticity or ultraviolet absorption may be added to the core layer. Excellent UV absorber. The glass transition temperature of the skin layer and the core layer may be different, and the glass transition temperature of the core layer is preferably lower than the glass transition temperature of the skin layer. At this time, the glass transition temperatures of both the skin and the core were measured, and the average enthalpy calculated by the volume integral ratio was defined as the above-mentioned glass transition temperature Tg. Further, the viscosity of the melt containing the melt-flowing cellulose ester may be different between the skin layer and the core layer, the viscosity of the skin layer, the viscosity of the core layer, or the viscosity of the core layer, and the viscosity of the skin layer. can.

本發明的光學薄膜的尺寸安定性爲,2 3 °c、5 5 % RH -109- 200906942 下24小時放置後的薄膜尺寸作爲基準時,80°C、90% RH 之尺寸變動値未達±2.0%,較佳爲未達1.0%,更佳爲未 達 0.5%。 使用本發明的光學薄膜作爲相位差薄膜之偏光板的保 護薄膜時,若相位差薄膜本身具有上述範圍以上的變動時 ,作爲偏光板之滯留性的絕對値與定向角與當初設定有所 出入時,會引起顯示品質提高能之減少或顯示品質的劣化 【實施方式】 [實施例] 以下舉出實施例對本發明做具體說明,但本發明的實 施態樣並未限定於此。 &lt;纖維素酯的合成&gt; (纖維素酯1之合成) 於纖維素(日本製紙(股)製溶解紙發)3 0 g中加入 乙酸70g、丙酸40g,54°C下進行30分鐘攪拌。冷卻混合 物後,冰浴中加入經冷卻之乙酸酐8 g、丙酸酐1 〇 〇 g、硫 酸1 . 〇 g並進行酯化。 酯化中,一邊調節爲不超過40 °C,一邊進行1〇〇分鐘 攪拌。其次’再次冷卻混合物後’冰浴中加入經冷卻之乙 酸酐2g、丙酸酐25g、硫酸〇.2g並進行酯化。酯化中, 一邊調節爲不超過401,一邊攪拌50分鐘。 -110 - 200906942 反應終了後,將乙酸30g與水1 0g之混合液經20分 鐘滴下,將過剩的無水物進行水解。 反應液之溫度保持40°C下’加入乙酸90g與水30g並 攪拌1小時。 於含有乙酸鎂2 g之水溶液中加入混合物後暫時攪拌 並過濾,並充分洗淨至洗淨液之pH爲中性後,經乾燥而 得到纖維素酯1。對於所得之纖維素酯1,藉由前述¥· Tezuka氏們的文獻所記載之方法,求得乙醯基的取代度 (X )、丙醯基的取代度(Y )、及第6位之丙醯基的取 代度(Y6) ’其中 Χ=1·50、Υ=1·40、γ6=〇.45。藉此 計算出總碳數(2χΧ+3χΥ)爲7.20。 又’前述條件下經凝膠滲透層析法求得重量平均分子 量爲2〇5,000’且使用差示熱重量分析裝置,於空氣下測 定1%質量減少溫度Td(l.〇)後得到278 °C。 (纖維素酯2〜I5之合成) 對於纖維素酯1之合成,改變乙酸、丙酸、乙酸酐、 及丙酸酐之使用重以外,進行與纖維素酯丨之合成同樣地 合成操作,得到纖維素酯2〜1 5。 對於所得之本發明各纖維素_ H,其總碳數( 2χΧ+3χΥ)肖醯基的取代度(γ)、第6位之丙醯基的 取代度(Υ6)、及重量平均分子量(Mw)、1%質量減少 溫度Td ( 1.0)値如表1所示。 -111 - 200906942 (比較纖維素酯16之合成) 於纖維素(日本製紙(股)製溶解紙漿)30g中加入 乙酸70g、丙酸40g,於54°C下進行30分鐘攪拌。冷卻混 合物後,冰浴中加入經冷卻之乙酸酐l〇g、丙酸酐125g、 硫酸1 · 2 g並進行酯化。 酯化中,—邊調節爲不超過4 0°C ’ 一邊攪拌150分鐘 。反應終了後將乙酸3 0 g與水1 〇 g之混合液經20分鐘滴 下,並水解過剩無水物。反應液之溫度保持4 0 °C下,加入 乙酸9 0 g與水3 0 g並進行1小時攪拌。 於含有乙酸鎂2 g之水溶液中放入混合物後暫時攪拌 後經過濾,充分以水洗淨至洗淨液的pH爲中性後,經乾 燥得到纖維素酯1。有關所得之纖維素酯1,藉由前述Y. Tezuka氏們之文獻所記載的方法求得乙醯基的取代度(X )、丙醯基的取代度(Y)、及第6位之丙醯基的取代度 (Y6),其中 Χ=1·50、Υ=1·40、Υ6=0.53。 藉此計算出總碳數(2χχ+3χΥ)爲7.20。 又,前述條件下藉由凝膠滲透層析法求得重量平均分 子量爲203,000’且使用差示熱重量分析裝置,測定空氣 下之1 %質量減少溫度Td ( 1 . 〇 )得到2 7 7 °C。 (比較纖維素酯17〜26之合成) 其中,比較纖維素酯17〜21、23、25、26對於比較 纖維素酯16之合成,改變乙酸、丙酸、乙酸酐、及丙酸 酐之使用量以外,與纖維素酯1 6之同樣合成操作下進行 -112- 200906942 合成。 —方面,比較纖維素酯22、24對於纖維素酯1之合 成而言,使用乙酸、丁酸、乙酸酐、及丁酸酐之組合’且 改變彼等使用量以外進行與纖維素酯1同樣之合成操作並 合成。 對於所得之各比較纖維素酯16〜26,總碳數(2χΧ + 3xY'或2χΧ+4χΖ(Ζ爲丁醯基的取代度))、丙醯基的 取代度(Υ)、第6位之丙醯基的取代度(γ6) 、丁醯基 的取代度(Ζ)、第6位之丁醯基的取代度(Ζ6)、及重 量平均分子量(Mw) 、1%質量減少溫度Td(l.O)之値 如表1所示。 -113 - 200906942 【iThe dimensional stability of the optical film of the present invention is such that when the film size after 24 hours of being placed at 23 ° C, 5 5 % RH -109 - 200906942 is used as a reference, the dimensional change of 80 ° C and 90% RH is less than ± 2.0%, preferably less than 1.0%, more preferably less than 0.5%. When the optical film of the present invention is used as a protective film for a polarizing plate of a retardation film, when the retardation film itself has a variation of the above range or more, the absolute enthalpy and the orientation angle of the retention property of the polarizing plate are different from those of the original setting. In the following, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to the examples, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. &lt;Synthesis of Cellulose Ester&gt; (Synthesis of Cellulose Ester 1) 70 g of acetic acid and 40 g of propionic acid were added to 30 g of cellulose (dissolved paper made from Nippon Paper Co., Ltd.), and 30 minutes at 54 ° C. Stir. After cooling the mixture, 8 g of cooled acetic anhydride, 1 〇 丙 g of propionic anhydride, 1 〇 g of sulfuric acid, and esterification were added to the ice bath. In the esterification, the mixture was stirred for 1 minute while being adjusted to not more than 40 °C. Next, after cooling the mixture again, 2 g of cooled acetic anhydride, 25 g of propionic anhydride, and 2 g of barium sulfate were added to the ice bath to carry out esterification. In the esterification, the mixture was stirred for 50 minutes while being adjusted to not exceed 401. -110 - 200906942 After the reaction was completed, a mixture of 30 g of acetic acid and 10 g of water was dropped over 20 minutes to hydrolyze excess anhydrous matter. While maintaining the temperature of the reaction solution at 40 ° C, 90 g of acetic acid and 30 g of water were added and stirred for 1 hour. After adding the mixture to an aqueous solution containing 2 g of magnesium acetate, the mixture was temporarily stirred and filtered, and sufficiently washed until the pH of the washing liquid was neutral, and dried to obtain cellulose ester 1. With respect to the obtained cellulose ester 1, the degree of substitution (X) of the ethyl thiol group, the degree of substitution (Y) of the propyl group, and the sixth place were determined by the method described in the above-mentioned document by the Japanese Patent No. Tezuka. The degree of substitution of the propyl group (Y6) 'where Χ=1·50, Υ=1·40, γ6=〇.45. From this, the total carbon number (2χΧ+3χΥ) is calculated to be 7.20. Further, under the above conditions, a weight average molecular weight of 2 to 5,000 Å was obtained by gel permeation chromatography, and a differential thermogravimetric analyzer was used to measure a 1% mass reduction temperature Td (l. 〇) under air to obtain 278 °. C. (Synthesis of Cellulose Ester 2 to I5) The synthesis of cellulose ester 1 is carried out in the same manner as in the synthesis of cellulose ester oxime, except that the weight of acetic acid, propionic acid, acetic anhydride, and propionic anhydride is changed. The esters are 2~1 5. With respect to the obtained cellulose_H of the present invention, the total carbon number (2χΧ+3χΥ) degree of substitution (γ) of the fluorenyl group, the degree of substitution of the propyl group of the sixth position (Υ6), and the weight average molecular weight (Mw), The 1% mass reduction temperature Td (1.0) is shown in Table 1. -111 - 200906942 (Comparative Synthesis of Cellulose Ester 16) 70 g of acetic acid and 40 g of propionic acid were added to 30 g of cellulose (dissolved pulp made from Nippon Paper Co., Ltd.), and the mixture was stirred at 54 ° C for 30 minutes. After the mixture was cooled, 1 g of acetic anhydride anhydride, 125 g of propionic anhydride, and 1.2 g of sulfuric acid were added to the ice bath and esterified. In the esterification, the side is adjusted to not exceed 40 ° C ' while stirring for 150 minutes. After the completion of the reaction, a mixture of 30 g of acetic acid and 1 g of water was dropped over 20 minutes, and excess anhydride was hydrolyzed. While maintaining the temperature of the reaction solution at 40 ° C, 90 g of acetic acid and 30 g of water were added and stirred for 1 hour. After the mixture was placed in an aqueous solution containing 2 g of magnesium acetate, the mixture was stirred for a while, filtered, and thoroughly washed with water until the pH of the washing liquid was neutral, and then dried to obtain cellulose ester 1. With respect to the obtained cellulose ester 1, the degree of substitution (X) of the ethyl thiol group, the degree of substitution (Y) of the propyl group, and the C of the sixth place were determined by the method described in the above-mentioned Y. Tezuka's literature. The degree of substitution of the thiol group (Y6), where Χ=1·50, Υ=1·40, Υ6=0.53. From this, the total carbon number (2χχ+3χΥ) was calculated to be 7.20. Further, under the above conditions, a weight average molecular weight of 203,000' was obtained by gel permeation chromatography, and a 1% mass reduction temperature Td (1. 〇) under air was measured using a differential thermogravimetric analyzer to obtain 2 7 7 °. C. (Comparison of the synthesis of cellulose esters 17 to 26) wherein the cellulose esters 17 to 21, 23, 25, and 26 were compared for the synthesis of the cellulose ester 16, and the amounts of acetic acid, propionic acid, acetic anhydride, and propionic anhydride were changed. Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in the case of cellulose ester 16 under the same synthesis operation as -112-200906942. On the other hand, comparing cellulose esters 22 and 24 with respect to the synthesis of cellulose ester 1, the combination of acetic acid, butyric acid, acetic anhydride, and butyric anhydride was used, and the same amount as cellulose ester 1 was used except that the amount of use was changed. Synthetic operations and synthesis. For each of the comparative cellulose esters 16 to 26 obtained, the total carbon number (2 χΧ + 3xY' or 2 χΧ + 4 χΖ (the degree of substitution of Ζ 醯 ))), the degree of substitution of propyl fluorenyl (Υ), the 醯 第 第The substitution degree of the base (γ6), the degree of substitution of the butyl group (Ζ), the degree of substitution of the butyl group at the 6th position (Ζ6), and the weight average molecular weight (Mw), and the temperature of the 1% mass reduction temperature Td (10) are shown in Table 1. Shown. -113 - 200906942 [i

備考 I 本發明 丨 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 比較 比較 比較 比較 比較 比較 比較 比較 比較 比較 比較 Td(1.0) (°C ) 278 282 277 280 281 283 280 285 305 297 268 292 279 275 T— 00 CN 277 T- 00 CM 280 290 281 280 283 00 CNJ 282 275 I Mw ! 205000 I 224000 217000 ! 198000 220000 I 223000 201000 l__ 一 | 200000 I 195000 I 206000 186000 | 176000 I 234000 :218000 220000 203000 j 193000 208000 179000 I 220000 213000 192000 200000 ί 222000 213000 211000 纖維素酯取代度 CD S' &gt;-N mu 轻崧 mm mm r w g s 赵归 CO CO 濉城 &gt;w«· 0.45 0.40 0.41 0.30 0.42 0.39 0.35 0.45 0.43 0.37 0.42 0.50 0.42 0.40 0.41 0.53 0.48 0.50 0.61 0.36 0.28 (0.44) 0.58 (0.38) 0.40 0.33 &gt;-N mu mm E h 1.40 1.32 1.31 1.10 1.31 1.23 1.26 1.30 1.23 1.26 1.20 1.40 1.50 T— 1.32 1.40 1.60 2.00 1.40 0.80 1.20 (123) 1.30 (0.97) 1.40 1.00 總碳數2x X + 3 x Υ (2χΧ+4χΖ) 7.20 | 7.05 丨 6.63 6.90 I__I i_679_ ! 6.48 6.90 I 6.30 __ ! 6.36 | 6.60 , 7.50 ! 7.00 ! 6.78 | 7.20 ; 7.20 丨 7.60 6.60 j 6.40 I __ (7.02) I 6.90 (7.10) 6.20 6.60 纖維素酯No. T— (N CO 寸 LO CO N- 00 σ&gt; 〇 τ— r— τ— CO \r&gt; CD 卜 CO Gi x— CM CO CN -114 200906942 實施例1 [具有纖維素酯所成之光學薄膜1-1的製作] 如下述,使用上述合成之纖維素酯與各種添加劑,藉 由熔融流延製作出本發明之光學薄膜1 -1 ° 纖維素酯1 100質量份 可塑劑-A 8質量份 IRGANOX1010(Ciba Specialty Chemicals 公司製) 〇 · 5 〇質量份 GSY-P101 (堺化學工業公司製) 0.25質量份The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention compares comparatively comparatively comparatively comparatively comparatively comparative Td (1.0) (° C) 278 282 277 280 281 283 280 285 305 297 268 292 279 275 T— 00 CN 277 T- 00 CM 280 290 281 280 283 00 CNJ 282 275 I Mw ! 205000 I 224000 217000 ! 198000 220000 I 223000 201000 l__ one | 200000 I 195000 I 206000 186000 | 176000 I 234000 :218000 220000 203000 j 193000 208000 179000 I 220000 213000 192000 200000 ί 222000 213000 211000 Cellulose ester substitution degree CD S' &gt;-N mu Light 嵩mm mm rwgs Zhaogui CO CO 濉City&gt;w«· 0.45 0.40 0.41 0.30 0.42 0.39 0.35 0.45 0.43 0.37 0.42 0.50 0.42 0.40 0.41 0.53 0.48 0.50 0.61 0.36 0.28 (0.44) 0.58 (0.38) 0.40 0.33 &gt;-N mu mm E h 1.40 1.32 1.31 1.10 1.31 1.23 1.26 1.30 1.23 1.26 1.20 1.40 1.50 T— 1.32 1.40 1.60 2.00 1.40 0.80 1.20 (123) 1.30 (0.97) 1.40 1.00 Total carbon number 2x X + 3 x Υ (2χ +4χΖ) 7.20 | 7.05 丨6.63 6.90 I__I i_679_ ! 6.48 6.90 I 6.30 __ ! 6.36 | 6.60 , 7.50 ! 7.00 ! 6.78 | 7.20 ; 7.20 丨7.60 6.60 j 6.40 I __ (7.02) I 6.90 (7.10) 6.20 6.60 Cellulose Ester No. T—(N CO 寸 LO CO N- 00 σ> 〇τ—r— τ—CO \r&gt; CD 卜 CO Gi x — CM CO CN-114 200906942 Example 1 [With cellulose ester Production of Optical Film 1-1] The optical film of the present invention was prepared by melt casting using the above-mentioned synthesized cellulose ester and various additives as follows: 1 - 1 ° cellulose ester 1 100 parts by mass of plasticizer - A 8 Parts by mass IRGANOX1010 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) 〇· 5 parts by mass of GSY-P101 (manufactured by Sigma Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass

SumilizerGS (住友化學公司製) 0.25質量份 TINUVIN92 8 ( Ciba Specialty Chemicals 公司製) 1 · 5質量份 將纖維素酯1於1 3〇°C、4小時減壓下進行乾燥並冷 卻至室溫後,混合添加劑。將以上混合物使用2軸式壓出 機於23 0°C進行熔融混合,製作出顆粒1-1。 且,該顆粒之玻璃轉移溫度Tg爲1 3 5 t。 使用該顆粒1 -1於氮環境氣體下,2 5 0 °C中進行溶融 ,由壓出機1通過過濾器2後’自流延塑模4於第1冷卻 輥5上壓出’於第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之間挾壓薄膜而 成形。 又’自壓出機1中間部之料斗開口部,作爲滑潤劑添 加二氧化矽粒子AerosilNAX50 (臼本Aerosil公司製) 0·2質量份、及KE-P100 (日本觸媒公司製)〇.〇2質量份 -115 - 200906942 調整加熱螺栓至流延塑模4之間隔寬度自薄膜寬方向 端部30mm以內爲0.5mm,其他爲1mm。作爲接觸輥,使 用接觸輥A,其內部流入80°C之冷卻水。 自流延塑模4壓出的樹脂與第1冷卻輥5接觸之位置 P1至與第1冷卻輥5接觸輥6之壓區(nip )的第1冷卻 輥5轉動方向上游端位置P2的沿著第1冷卻滾筒5之周 面之長度L設定爲20mm。 其後,將接觸輥6由第1冷卻輥5剝離’測定於第1 冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip )夾壓之前的熔融部溫 度T。 本實施例中,於第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區( nip )夾壓前之溶融部溫度T,可由比壓區(nip )上游端 P2高出1 mm上游側之位置上所設置的溫度計(安立計器 股份有限公司製HA-2〇〇E)進行測定。 本實施例之測定結果,其溫度T爲1 4 1°C。 接觸輥6對於第1冷卻輥5之線壓爲14.7N/cm ° 且導入於拉幅器,往寬方向於160t進行1.3倍延伸 後,於寬方向一邊進行3 %緩和一邊冷卻至3 0 t,其後自 壓板開放,剪去壓板把持部’於薄膜兩端施予寬度10mm 、高度5/zm至痕刻加工’捲取張力爲22〇N/m ’以錐形 度40%進行捲芯捲取。 且,光學薄膜爲調整壓出量及拉取速度至厚度成80 /zm,使完工的光學薄膜寬爲1 43 0mm並捲取。捲芯之尺 -116- 200906942 寸爲內徑152mm,外徑165〜180mm’長度1550mm。 作爲該捲芯母材,使用將環氧基樹脂浸漬於玻璃纖維 、碳纖維之預漬樹脂。於捲芯表面塗佈環氧基導電性樹脂 ,並硏磨表面,使表面粗度Ra成爲〇.3//m。且,捲長爲 25 0 0m。自該本發明之薄膜原捲試料切出一部分光學薄膜 ,將此作爲本發明之光學薄膜1 -1。 [光學薄膜1-2〜1-26的製作] 光學薄膜1 -1的製作中,將纖維素酯之種類如表1改 變以外,同樣地製造出本發明之顆粒1 -2〜:l -1 5、及比較 之顆粒1-1 6〜1-26。 又,自這些顆粒與前述同樣地製作出各本發明光學薄 膜1-2〜1-15、及比較之光學薄膜1-16〜1-26。 且,取代所使用之纖維素酯1的纖維素酯添加量與纖 維素酯1爲相同質量份。 實施例1所使用的可塑劑-入、1110八1^0又1010、〇3丫-P101、SumilizerGS、及 TINUVIN928 之結構如下所述。 且,纖維素酯1〜21、23、25、及26爲纖維素乙酸 酯丙酸酯,纖維素酯22、及24爲纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯。 -117- 200906942 [化 21] 可塑劑-A IRGANOX1010Sumilizer GS (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass of TINUVIN 92 8 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) 1 · 5 parts by mass After drying the cellulose ester 1 at 13 ° C for 4 hours under reduced pressure and cooling to room temperature, Mixing additives. The above mixture was melt-mixed at 23 ° C using a 2-axis extruder to prepare pellets 1-1. Further, the glass had a glass transition temperature Tg of 1 35t. The pellet 1-1 was melted at 250 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the extruder 1 passed through the filter 2 and then 'self-casting mold 4 was pressed out onto the first cooling roller 5'. The film is formed by rolling a film between the cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6. In addition, the hopper opening of the middle part of the extruder 1 is added as a lubricant to the cerium oxide particle AerosilNAX50 (manufactured by Sakamoto Aerosil Co., Ltd.), 0.2 parts by mass, and KE-P100 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) 〇.〇 2 parts by mass - 115 - 200906942 The interval width of the heating bolt to the casting mold 4 is adjusted to be 0.5 mm from the end portion of the film width direction within 30 mm, and the others are 1 mm. As the contact roller, the contact roller A was used, and the inside thereof was poured into cooling water of 80 °C. The position P1 from the position P1 where the resin extruded from the casting die 4 is in contact with the first cooling roll 5 to the upstream end position P2 in the rotational direction of the first cooling roll 5 which is in contact with the nip of the first cooling roll 5 (nip) The length L of the circumferential surface of the first cooling drum 5 is set to 20 mm. Thereafter, the contact roller 6 is peeled off from the first cooling roller 5, and the melting portion temperature T before the nip of the first cooling roller 5 and the contact roller 6 is measured is measured. In the present embodiment, the temperature T of the melting portion before the nip of the first cooling roller 5 and the contact roller 6 is nip can be raised by 1 mm above the upstream end P2 of the nip. The set thermometer (HA-2〇〇E, manufactured by Anritsu Co., Ltd.) was measured. As a result of the measurement in this example, the temperature T was 141 °C. The contact roller 6 was introduced into the tenter at a line pressure of 14.7 N/cm ° for the first cooling roll 5, and was stretched 1.3 times in the width direction at 160 t, and then cooled to 30 t in the width direction while being tempered by 3 %. After that, the self-pressing plate is opened, and the pressing plate holding portion is cut at a width of 10 mm and a height of 5/zm at both ends of the film to a mark processing. The winding tension is 22〇N/m′, and the core is rolled at a taper degree of 40%. Rolling. Further, the optical film was adjusted to have an extrusion amount and a drawing speed to a thickness of 80 /zm, and the finished optical film was 143 mm wide and wound up. The core of the core -116- 200906942 inch is 152mm inner diameter, outer diameter 165~180mm' length 1550mm. As the core material, a pre-stained resin in which an epoxy resin is immersed in glass fibers or carbon fibers is used. An epoxy-based conductive resin was coated on the surface of the core, and the surface was honed to have a surface roughness Ra of 〇.3//m. Moreover, the roll length is 25 0 0 m. A part of the optical film was cut out from the original film sample of the present invention, and this was taken as the optical film 1-1 of the present invention. [Production of Optical Films 1-2 to 1-26] In the production of the optical film 1-1, the particles of the present invention were similarly produced by changing the type of the cellulose ester as shown in Table 1. 5. Compare the particles 1-1 6~1-26. Further, the optical films 1-2 to 1-15 of the present invention and the comparative optical films 1-16 to 1-26 were produced in the same manner as described above. Further, the amount of the cellulose ester added in place of the cellulose ester 1 used was the same as that of the cellulose ester 1. The structures of the plasticizer-in, 1110 八1 0 and 1010, 〇3丫-P101, Sumilizer GS, and TINUVIN 928 used in Example 1 were as follows. Further, cellulose esters 1 to 21, 23, 25, and 26 are cellulose acetate propionates, and cellulose esters 22 and 24 are cellulose acetate butyrate. -117- 200906942 [Chem. 21] Plasticizer-A IRGANOX1010

GSY-P101 (可藉由反應聯苯、三氯化磷及4,6-二-第三丁基、 、間甲酚之下述結構的化合物爲主成分的混合物GSY-P101 (a mixture of compounds of the following structure which can be reacted with biphenyl, phosphorus trichloride and 4,6-di-t-butyl, m-cresol)

《光學薄膜生產性之評估》 有關光學薄膜之生產性,使用下述熔融黏度之指標進 行評估。熔融黏度越低,生產性越良好。且,光學薄膜製 膜時隨著樹脂劣化,由外觀來看會使溶融黏度降低,此可 由測定下述各薄膜試料之色味(著色、b値)而判斷。 換言之,下述b値越接近0,樹脂之劣化越少而較佳 -118- 200906942 (熔融黏度) 對於所得之顆粒的各試料,以流程測試器c F τ _ 5 〇 〇 D (島津製作所公司製)進行定溫試驗測定出剪斷速度( sec-Ι)與熔融黏度(Pa.s)。所得之如表2所示。 &lt;測定條件&gt;"Evaluation of the productivity of optical films" The productivity of optical films was evaluated using the following indicators of melt viscosity. The lower the melt viscosity, the better the productivity. Further, when the optical film is formed, the resin is deteriorated, and the melt viscosity is lowered by the appearance. This can be determined by measuring the color odor (coloring, b 値) of each of the following film samples. In other words, the closer the b値 is to 0, the less the deterioration of the resin is, and the more preferable is -118-200906942 (melt viscosity). For each sample of the obtained particles, the flow tester c F τ _ 5 〇〇D (Shimadzu Corporation) The temperature was tested to determine the shear rate (sec-Ι) and the melt viscosity (Pa.s). The results are shown in Table 2. &lt;Measurement conditions&gt;

測定溫度;240°C P r e h e a t ; 2 1 0 秒Determination of temperature; 240 ° C P r e h e a t ; 2 1 0 seconds

Load ; 9·8x105Pa〜3x 1 07pa 適切地調整荷重(錘)至剪斷速度爲l〇〇〜1〇〇〇〇之 範圍’測定溫度2 4 0 °c下進行5點(5點剪斷速度)測定 〇 點上剪斷速度與熔融黏度,由該直線性求得2 4 〇。〇下 剪斷速度lOOOsec·1之熔融黏度。 《薄膜品質之評估》 對於所得之光學薄膜試料’以下述方法進行評估。其 結果如表2所示。 (b値) 由所得之光學薄膜’任意取樣出1 〇處,依據下述方 法測定b値,其中絕對値最大値作爲b値。越接近〇,著 色較少而越良好。 -119 - 200906942 b値可依據JIS規格Z-8 722所記載的方法求得。 本發明中之b値使用東京電色(股)製彩色分析儀 TC-1800MKII型進行測定。 (滯留値的變動係數(C V )) 於所得之光學薄膜的寬方向進行i cm間隔之滯留値 ,其爲藉由下述式所得之滯留値的變動係數(CV )所使 者。 測定爲使用自動複折射計Κ Ο B U R A · 2 1 A D Η (王子計 測器(股)製),於28°C、55 % RH之環境下,波長 5 90nm中’於試料寬方向上進行丨cm間隔的3次元複折射 率測定’將測定値代入次式而求得。 面內滯留値Ro= (ηχ-ny) xd 厚度方向滯留値Rt= ( ( nx + ny) /2-nz) xd 式中,d表示薄膜厚度(nm)、折射率nx(薄膜之 面內最大折射率’亦稱爲遲相軸方向折射率)、ny (薄膜 面內於遲相軸呈直角方向之折射率)、ηζ(厚度方向中薄 膜之折射率)。 將所得之面內及厚度方向滯留値藉由各(n_ i )法求 得標準偏差。滞留値分佈求得以下所示變動係數(C V ) ,並作爲指標。實際測定中,作爲η設定爲1 3 0〜1 4 0。 變動係數(C V )=標準偏差/滯留値平均値 ◎:偏差(CV)未達1.5% 〇:偏差(CV)爲1.5%以上,未達5% -120- 200906942 △:偏差(CV)爲5%以上,未達10% X:偏差(CV)爲10%以上 《鹼化處理適性》 其次,對於上述製作之光學薄膜1-1〜1-26施予下述 鹼鹼化處理後,貼合偏光子製作出各偏光板1-1〜1-26。 (鹼鹼化處理) 鹼化步驟:2mol/LNaOH、60°C、60 秒 水洗步驟:水3 0 °C、4 5秒 中和步驟:10質量% HC1 30°C 45秒 水洗步驟:水3 0 °C、4 5秒 鹼化處理後以水洗、中和、水洗之順序進行,其次以 8〇°C進行乾燥。 (偏光子的製作) 厚度120/zm之長尺輥聚乙烯醇薄膜浸漬於含有碘1 質量份、硼酸4質量份之水溶液1 〇 〇質量份中,5 〇乞下於 搬運方向延伸至6倍後製作出偏光子。 (偏光板的製作) 於偏光子之兩側將上述製作之光學薄膜,以鹼鹼化處 理面作爲偏光子側’完全鹼化型聚乙烯醇5質量%水溶液 作爲黏著劑進行兩面貼合,製作出貼合偏光板用保護薄膜 -121 - 200906942 之偏光板。 (耐久性) 其次將該評估用偏光板於80°C、 小時處理,觀察偏光子與保護薄膜之 準賦予等級。 ◎:無剝離 〇:僅觀察到稍有剝離,但並_ △:觀察到剝離,其爲實用上有 X :產生剝離 其中,〇以上判斷爲鹼化處理遍 題之水準。 9〇% RH下進行1200 貼合狀態並以下述基 實用上有問題之水準 問題之水準 性中並無實用上有問 -122- 200906942 【i 備考 I 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 比較 比較 比較 比較 比較 比較 | 比較 比較 比較 比較 比較 耐久性 I ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 ◎ ◎ &lt;] X X X ◎ &lt;3 X &lt;3 X 〇 〇 偏光板 [試料Να r— T— CNI τ— CO τ— 可 τ— LO τ— CO N- t— op r— σ&gt; τ— L 1-10 i 1-11 ! 1-12 L 1-13 L 1-14 , 1-15 1-16 1-17 1-18 I 彳-19 I 1-20 τ— 1-22 1-23 ; 1-24 I 1-25 1-26 滯留値的變動 係數(CV) ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ &lt;] X X X X X X &lt;3 X X X _Q X— 〇 τ- Ο CN Ο 寸 〇 CNJ 〇 τ- Ο CNJ 〇 τ- Ο 寸 Ο τ- Ο 寸 Ο CO ο τ- Ο τ- Ο 〇 Ο CO m ο IT) ο q τ— 10.3 寸 CD Lf) r— 七 O) CO oi o od 光學薄膜 試料No. τ ι Τ— CN τ— 00 τ— If) V™ CO τ~ hp τ— op T~ cp τ— 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-13 [_ Γ 1-14 L_____________ LO I 1-16 卜 I τ— 1-18 1-19 I 1-21 I_ 1-22 CO (N τ— 1 X— to &lt;N τ— 1-26 熔融黏度 (Pa*s) 320 360 600 460 640 520 680 460 770 340 750 __640___ 300 I 410 ι_ Γ 480 ι_ ! 920 900 ι_ ! 100 ι_ 1110 1220 I_ I 1020 I_ 260 1030 990 1400 I 1200 I 纖維素酯No. ^— CM CO 寸 ΙΟ CD 卜 CO Ο) Ο τ— τ— CM τ— CO ιη τ— CD 卜 CO σ&gt; o CN CNJ CsJ 00 CM LO CNJ 顆粒試料No. τ ι CNJ τ— CO in to N- T~ op V- σ&gt; τ— 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-13 [ 1-14 1-15 1-16 卜 1 τ— 1-18 1-19 1-20 1-21 CM CN τ— CO CNJ 1 T— 1-24 1-25 I 1-26 | -123- 200906942 以上’由表2之結果得知,本發明之光學薄膜1_丨〜 1-15對於比較例之光學薄膜ι_ΐ6〜1-26而言,其爲生產 性良好且著色亦較少’且滯留値變動較小的光學薄膜。且 ’因本發明之光學薄膜爲鹼化處理適性較高者,故使用其 所製造出偏光板的耐久性良好,於實用上爲優良之光學薄 膜。 實施例2 除改變表3所記載的纖維素酯、可塑劑、劣化防止劑 、及紫外線吸收劑之組合以外,與實施例1之顆粒1 -1同 様方法下製作出本發明之顆粒2-1〜2-18、及比較之顆粒 2-19、 2-20 ° 又,與實施例1之光學薄膜1-1的同樣方法下製作出 本發明之光學薄膜2-1〜2-18、及比較之光學薄膜2-19、 2-20。 且,與實施例1之偏光板1-1的同樣方法下製作出本 發明之偏光板2-1〜2-18'及比較之偏光板2-19、2-20。 且,表3中的可塑劑、劣化防止劑、及紫外線吸收劑 欄所記載的括弧內數値爲對於纖維素酯1 00質量份而言所 使用的各材料之質量份。 且,實施例2所使用之可塑劑-B、可塑劑-C、可塑 劑-D、可塑劑-E、可塑劑-F、可塑劑-G、SumilizerGP ( 住友化學公司製)、TINUVIN900 ( Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製)、Sumisorb250 (住友化學公司製)、 -124- 200906942 及 LA31 (ADEKA公司製)之結構如下述所示。 -125- 200906942Load ; 9·8x105Pa~3x 1 07pa Adjust the load (hammer) appropriately to the cutting speed of l〇〇~1〇〇〇〇 range<measurement temperature 2 4 0 °c for 5 points (5 point cutting speed) The shear rate and the melt viscosity at the defect were measured, and the linearity was determined to be 2 4 〇. Under the arm, the melt viscosity of the cut speed of 1000 sec·1. "Evaluation of Film Quality" The obtained optical film sample ' was evaluated by the following method. The results are shown in Table 2. (b値) From the obtained optical film 'arbitrarily, 1 取样 was taken, and b 値 was measured according to the following method, wherein the absolute 値 maximum 値 was taken as b 値. The closer you are to the cockroach, the lesser the color and the better. -119 - 200906942 b値 can be obtained according to the method described in JIS Standard Z-8 722. In the present invention, b値 was measured using a Tokyo Electric Color Co., Ltd. color analyzer TC-1800MKII type. (Changing coefficient (C V ) of the retained enthalpy) The enthalpy of the i cm interval is obtained in the width direction of the obtained optical film, which is caused by the coefficient of variation (CV) of the retained enthalpy obtained by the following formula. The measurement was performed using an automatic birefringence meter Κ Ο BURA · 2 1 AD Η (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.) at a wavelength of 5 90 nm in the environment of 28 ° C and 55% RH. The three-dimensional complex refractive index measurement of the interval is determined by measuring the deuteration into the sub-form. In-plane retention 値Ro=(ηχ-ny) xd Thickness direction retention 値Rt= ( ( nx + ny) /2-nz) xd where d is the film thickness (nm) and the refractive index nx (the maximum in-plane of the film) The refractive index 'is also referred to as the retardation in the slow axis direction), ny (the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis of the film surface), and η ζ (the refractive index of the film in the thickness direction). The obtained in-plane and thickness directions were retained, and the standard deviation was obtained by each (n_i) method. The distribution of the stagnation 求 is obtained by the coefficient of variation (C V ) shown below and is used as an indicator. In the actual measurement, η is set to 1 3 0 to 1 40. Coefficient of variation (CV) = standard deviation / retention 値 average 値 ◎: deviation (CV) is less than 1.5% 〇: deviation (CV) is 1.5% or more, less than 5% -120- 200906942 △: deviation (CV) is 5 % or more, less than 10% X: Deviation (CV) is 10% or more "Adequacy of alkalization treatment" Next, the above-mentioned optical films 1-1 to 1-26 are subjected to the following alkali alkalization treatment, and then bonded. Each of the polarizing plates 1-1 to 1-26 was produced by a polarizer. (alkali alkalization treatment) alkalization step: 2 mol/L NaOH, 60 ° C, 60 seconds water washing step: water 30 ° C, 45 seconds neutralization step: 10 mass% HC1 30 ° C 45 seconds water washing step: water 3 After alkalization treatment at 0 ° C for 45 seconds, the steps were carried out in the order of water washing, neutralization, and water washing, followed by drying at 8 ° C. (Production of polarizer) The long-rolling polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 120/zm is immersed in an aqueous solution containing 1 part by mass of iodine and 4 parts by mass of boric acid, and is extended to 6 times in the conveying direction at 5 〇乞. After making a polarizer. (Production of polarizing plate) The optical film produced above was bonded to both sides of the polarizing film by using an alkali-alkali-treated surface as a polarizing agent side, a fully alkalized polyvinyl alcohol 5% by mass aqueous solution as an adhesive. A polarizing plate for a protective film for polarizing plates -121 - 200906942 is attached. (Durability) Next, the evaluation was carried out at 80 ° C for one hour, and the level of the polarizer and the protective film was observed. ◎: no peeling 〇: Only a slight peeling was observed, but _ Δ: peeling was observed, which was practically X: peeling occurred, and 〇 was judged to be the level of the alkalizing treatment. 9 〇 % RH is subjected to the 1200-bonding state and is not practically used in the level of the problem of the following practical problems. -122-200906942 [I Preparation I The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention of the present invention of the present invention of the present invention is comparatively comparatively comparatively comparatively comparatively comparatively comparatively comparatively durable I ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 ◎ ◎ &lt;;] XXX ◎ &lt;3 X &lt;3 X 〇〇 polarizing plate [sample Να r - T - CNI τ - CO τ - τ τ - LO τ - CO N - t - op r - σ &gt; τ - L 1- 10 i 1-11 ! 1-12 L 1-13 L 1-14 , 1-15 1-16 1-17 1-18 I 彳-19 I 1-20 τ— 1-22 1-23 ; 1-24 I 1-25 1-26 Variation coefficient (CV) of retained 値 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ &lt;] XXXXXX &lt;3 XXX _Q X— 〇τ- Ο CN Ο 〇 〇 CNJ 〇τ- Ο CNJ 〇τ- Ο Ο Ο τ- Ο Ο Ο CO ο τ- Ο τ- Ο 〇Ο CO m ο IT) ο q τ— 10.3 inch CD Lf) r— seven O) CO oi oo d Optical film sample No. τ ι Τ— CN τ— 00 τ— If) VTM CO τ~ hp τ— op T~ cp τ— 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-13 [_ Γ 1-14 L_____________ LO I 1-16 I I τ— 1-18 1-19 I 1-21 I_ 1-22 CO (N τ— 1 X—to &lt;N τ— 1-26 Melt Viscosity (Pa*s) 320 360 600 460 640 520 680 460 770 340 750 __640___ 300 I 410 ι_ Γ 480 ι_ ! 920 900 ι_ ! 100 ι_ 1110 1220 I_ I 1020 I_ 260 1030 990 1400 I 1200 I Cellulose Ester No. ^— CM CO ΙΟ ΙΟ CD Bu CO Ο) Ο τ— τ— CM τ—CO ιη τ— CD 卜 CO σ&gt; o CN CNJ CsJ 00 CM LO CNJ granule sample No. τ ι CNJ τ—CO in to N- T~ op V- σ> τ — 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-13 [ 1-14 1-15 1-16 1 1 τ — 1-18 1-19 1-20 1-21 CM CN τ— CO CNJ 1 T— 1- 24 1-25 I 1-26 | -123- 200906942 The above is the result of Table 2, the optical film 1_丨~1-15 of the present invention is for the optical film ι_ΐ6~1-26 of the comparative example, It is an optical film which is good in productivity and less colored, and which has little variation in retention enthalpy. Further, since the optical film of the present invention has high alkalizability, the polarizing plate is excellent in durability and is practically excellent in optical film. Example 2 A pellet of the present invention was produced in the same manner as the pellet 1-1 of Example 1, except that the combination of the cellulose ester, the plasticizer, the deterioration preventive agent, and the ultraviolet absorber described in Table 3 was changed. ~2-18, and comparative particles 2-19, 2-20 ° Further, the optical films 2-1 to 2-18 of the present invention were produced in the same manner as in the optical film 1-1 of Example 1, and comparison Optical films 2-19, 2-20. Further, polarizing plates 2-1 to 2-18' of the present invention and comparative polarizing plates 2-19 and 2-20 were produced in the same manner as in the polarizing plate 1-1 of the first embodiment. In the plasticizer, the deterioration preventing agent, and the ultraviolet absorber in Table 3, the number of squares in the brackets is the mass part of each material used for 100 parts by mass of the cellulose ester. Further, the plasticizer-B, the plasticizer-C, the plasticizer-D, the plasticizer-E, the plasticizer-F, the plasticizer-G, the Sumilizer GP (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the TINUVIN 900 (Ciba Specialty) used in Example 2 were used. The structure of the Sumisorb 250 (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), -124-200906942, and LA31 (manufactured by Adeka Co., Ltd.) is as follows. -125- 200906942

-126- 200906942 [化 22]-126- 200906942 [Chem. 22]

可塑劑-C H3C〇Plasticizer-C H3C〇

οο

可塑劑-D /安息香酸蔗糖酯(可藉由反應安息香酸與蔗糖 \之下述結構的化合物爲主成分之混合物)Plasticizer-D / sucrose benzoate (a mixture of compounds of the following structure by reacting benzoic acid with sucrose)

R〇 Hr 〇 ) Γ CH2OR Η OR OR ΗR〇 Hr 〇 ) Γ CH2OR Η OR OR Η

可塑劑-E I 甲基丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸甲酯、及甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基 \ 乙酯的共聚物(組成比、重量平均分子量爲參照下述)Plasticizer-E I Copolymer of methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, and 2-hydroxyethyl ester of methacrylate (composition ratio, weight average molecular weight is as follows)

組成比:p/q/r=80/10/10 重量平均分子量:8,000 OH -127- 200906942Composition ratio: p/q/r=80/10/10 Weight average molecular weight: 8,000 OH -127- 200906942

[化 23] 可塑劑-F[Chemical 23] Plasticizer-F

-128 - 200906942 [化 24] TINUVIN900 SUmisorb250-128 - 200906942 [Chem. 24] TINUVIN900 SUmisorb250

對於所製作之顆粒、光學薄膜、及偏光板,進行與實 施例1之同樣評估。結果如表4所示。 -129- 200906942 [表4] 顆粒 試料No. 熔融黏度 (Paes) 光學薄膜 試料No. Μ® 滯留値的變 動係數(CV) 偏光板 試料Νο_ 耐久性 備考 2-1 320 2-1 0.1 ◎ 2-1 ◎ 本發明 2-2 340 2-2 0.1 ◎ 2-2 ◎ 本發明 2-3 330 2-3 0.2 ◎ 2-3 ◎ 本發明 2-4 330 2-4 0.1 ◎ 2-4 ◎ 本發明 2-5 300 2-5 0.3 ◎ 2-5 ◎ 本發明 2-6 370 2-6 0.7 ◎ 2-6 〇 本發明 2-7 350 2-7 0.4 ◎ 2-7 ◎ 本發明 2-8 380 2-8 0.1 ◎ 2-8 ◎ 本發明 2-9 410 2-9 0.1 ◎ 2-9 ◎ 本發明 2-10 500 2-10 0.1 ◎ 2-10 ◎ 本發明 2-11 510 2-11 0.3 ◎ 2-11 ◎ 本發明 2-12 510 2-12 0.4 ◎ 2-12 〇 本發明 2-13 400 2-13 0.2 ◎ 2-13 ◎ 本發明 2-14 390 2-14 0.2 ◎ 2-14 ◎ 本發明 2-15 430 2-15 0.1 ◎ 2-15 ◎ 本發明 2-16 450 2-16 0.5 ◎ 2-16 〇 本發明 2-17 520 2-17 0.1 ◎ 2-17 ◎ 本發明 2-18 510 2-18 0.1 ◎ 2-18 ◎ 本發明 2-19 850 2-11 2.8 Δ 2-11 X 比較 2-20 280 2-12 1.3 X 2-12 X 比較 以上,由表4之結果得知,本發明的光學薄膜2-1〜 2-18對於比較例之光學薄膜2-19、2-20而言,其爲生產 性良好著色亦少,且滯留値變動小之光學薄膜。 且,本發明的光學薄膜因鹼化處理適性較高,使用此 所製作之偏光板爲耐久性良好,實用上優良的光學薄膜。 且,顆粒2-1、光學薄膜2-1、及偏光板2-1中,將 例示化合物(2 ) -8以同質量份例示化合物(2 ) -3取代 -130- 200906942 ’進行相同評估後,得到與表4中各試M M 〇 &amp; 利枓N 〇 , 2 -1同樣之 良好結果。 即使與前述同樣地將例示化合物(2 ) _8取代爲同質 量份之例示化合物(2) -45 ’亦得到與試料No t!之同 樣良好結果。 一方面’顆粒2-3、光學薄膜2-3、及偏光板2_3中 ,將〇3丫-?101以同質量份之肆(2,4___ t 了甘 — 基)- 4,4 ’ 一亞聯苯基二-亞膦酸酯取代,進行同樣之評 估後,除脫白評估結果由◎變成〇以外,得到跑表4中各 試料No.2-3之同樣良好結果。 且’顆粒2-7、光學薄膜2-7、及偏光板2-7中,將 IRG AN 0X1010以同質量份之三羥甲基乙院—參一 〔3-(3,5—二一 t一丁基—4一經基苯基)丙酸醋〕取代 ’進行同樣評估後’得到與表4中各試料no · 2 - 7之同樣 良好結果。 實施例3 如下述,使用纖維素酯與各種添加劑,調整壓出量、 拉取速度、及延伸倍率至薄膜厚度爲40/im以外,與實 施例1同樣地,製造出本發明之光學薄膜3 - 1,得知其爲 生產性良好,著色亦少,且滯留値變動小之光學薄膜。 且本發明之光學薄膜爲鹼化處理適性較高,故使用其 所製作之偏光板爲耐久性良好,且實用上優良的光學薄膜 -131 - 200906942 纖維素酯1The pellets, optical films, and polarizing plates produced were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 4. -129- 200906942 [Table 4] Particle sample No. Melt viscosity (Paes) Optical film sample No. Μ® Coefficient of variation of residual enthalpy (CV) Polarizer sample Νο_ Durability test 2-1 320 2-1 0.1 ◎ 2- 1 ◎ The present invention 2-2 340 2-2 0.1 ◎ 2-2 ◎ The present invention 2-3 330 2-3 0.2 ◎ 2-3 ◎ The present invention 2-4 330 2-4 0.1 ◎ 2-4 ◎ The present invention 2 -5 300 2-5 0.3 ◎ 2-5 ◎ The present invention 2-6 370 2-6 0.7 ◎ 2-6 〇 2-7 350 2-7 0.4 ◎ 2-7 ◎ The present invention 2-8 380 2- 8 0.1 ◎ 2-8 ◎ 2-9 410 2-9 0.1 ◎ 2-9 ◎ The present invention 2-10 500 2-10 0.1 ◎ 2-10 ◎ 2-11 510 2-11 0.3 ◎ 2- 11 ◎ The present invention 2-12 510 2-12 0.4 ◎ 2-12 〇 2-13 400 2-13 0.2 ◎ 2-13 ◎ The present invention 2-14 390 2-14 0.2 ◎ 2-14 ◎ The present invention 2 -15 430 2-15 0.1 ◎ 2-15 ◎ The present invention 2-16 450 2-16 0.5 ◎ 2-16 〇 2-17 520 2-17 0.1 ◎ 2-17 ◎ 2-18 510 2- 18 0.1 ◎ 2-18 ◎ The present invention 2-19 850 2-11 2.8 Δ 2-11 X Comparison 2-20 280 2-12 1.3 X 2-12 X Comparing the above, the results of Table 4 show that the present invention In the optical films 2 to 2 and 2 to 20 of the comparative examples, the optical films 2 to 2 and 2 to 20 of the comparative examples are optical films having less productivity and less variation in retention enthalpy. Further, the optical film of the present invention has high suitability for alkalization treatment, and the polarizing plate produced by using the polarizing plate produced by the present invention is excellent in durability and practically excellent optical film. Further, in the particles 2-1, the optical film 2-1, and the polarizing plate 2-1, the exemplified compound (2)-8 was subjected to the same evaluation with the same mass of the exemplified compound (2)-3 substituted -130-200906942' The same good results were obtained as in Test MM amp &amp; 枓N 〇, 2-1 in Table 4. Even in the same manner as described above, the exemplified compound (2)-8 was substituted with the exemplified compound (2) -45 ', and the same results as those of the sample No t! were obtained. On the one hand, in the particles 2-3, the optical film 2-3, and the polarizing plate 2_3, 〇3丫-?101 is the same mass (肆2,4___ t 甘-基) - 4,4 '一亚The biphenyl bisphosphonite substitution was carried out, and after the same evaluation, the results of the de-whitening evaluation were changed from ◎ to oxime, and the same good results as in each sample No. 2-3 of Table 4 were obtained. And in the 'particle 2-7, the optical film 2-7, and the polarizing plate 2-7, the IRG AN 0X1010 is the same mass part of the tris-hydroxymethyl group---[3-(3,5-two one t The same evaluation as in each of the samples No. 2-7 of Table 4 was obtained by substituting 'butyl-phenyl-phenylphenyl)propionic acid vinegar. Example 3 An optical film 3 of the present invention was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the amount of extrusion, the drawing speed, and the stretching ratio were adjusted to 40/im using a cellulose ester and various additives. - 1, it is known that it is an optical film which is good in productivity, has less coloration, and has little variation in retention. Further, since the optical film of the present invention has high suitability for alkalization treatment, the polarizing plate produced by using the same is excellent in durability and practically excellent optical film -131 - 200906942 cellulose ester 1

可塑劑-A 100質量份 8質量份 IRGANOX1010 ( Ciba Specialty Chemicals 公司製) 0 · 5 〇質量份 〇·25質量份 0.30質量份 GSY-P101 (堺化學工業公司製) 例示化合物(2 ) - 8 TINUVIN928 ( Ciba Specialty Chemicals 公司製) 2·25質量份 實施例4 [光學薄膜之製造] 使用實施例1所得之顆粒1 0,以下述要領製作出光 學薄膜4-1 、 4-2 。 將顆粒1〇於100 °C進行4小時乾燥後,氮環境氣體下 ,25(TC中進行加熱熔融後,藉由T型塑模調整突出(lip )餘隙下進行熔融壓出製膜,得到於寬方向並未延伸之膜 厚80&quot; m的光學薄膜4-1。 將顆粒1 0於1 0 CTC進行4小時乾燥後,氮環境氣體下 於25 0 °C下進行加熱熔融後,以T型塑模調整突出(ΗΡ) 餘隙下進行熔融壓出製膜,於寬方向’ 160°C中延伸 13 倍,得到膜厚8 0 // m之光學薄膜4 - 2。 對於這些試料,預先測定定義之Ro與Rt。結果如表 5所示。 -132 - 200906942 [表5] 薄膜試料No. Ro(nm) Rt(nm) 備考 4-1 0 1 本發明 4-2 3 1 本發明 以上’由表5之結果得知’本發明之光學薄膜4 _ 1、 4-2爲,R〇與Rt同時接近〇 ,具有光學性各向同性。 實施例5 (作爲液晶顯示裝置之特性評估) 剝開VA型液晶顯不裝置之Sharp (股)製32型電視 AQ-32AD5的偏光板,將實施例1〜3所製作之各偏光板 (實施例3所製作之本發明偏光板的試料Ν〇·作爲3d。 )配合液晶胞之尺寸剪裁。 夾入液晶胞下,將前述製作之偏光板2貼合成偏光板 的偏光軸與原本不變下彼此直交,製作出32型VA型彩 色液晶顯示器,進行作爲光學薄膜之偏光板的特性之評估 後,得到使用本發明之偏光板1-1〜1-15、2d〜2_18、3_ 1之液晶顯示裝置,與使用比較之偏光板1-16〜丨_26、2_ 1 9、2-20的液晶顯示裝置相比,其對比亦高,且顯示不 會產生色不均的優良顯示性。 藉此,確認作爲液晶顯示器等影像顯示裝置用的偏光 板時爲優良之偏光板。 【圖式簡單說明】 -133- 200906942 [圖1]表示有關實施本發明之光學薄膜的製造方法的 裝置之1實施形態的槪略流程圖。 [圖2]表示圖1之製造裝置的重要部位擴大流程圖。 [圖3]圖3 (a)表示流延塑模之重要部位外觀圖、圖 3 ( b )表示流延塑模之重要部位截面圖。 [圖4]表示夾壓轉動體之第1實施形態截面圖。 [圖5]表示夾壓轉動體的第2實施形態之與轉動軸呈 垂直平面之截面圖。 [圖6]表示夾壓轉動體的第2實施形態之含轉動軸的 平面之截面圖。 [圖7]表示液晶顯示裝置之槪略構成圖的分解斜視圖 〇 [圖8]表示光學薄膜捲之保管狀態圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 :壓出機 2 :過濾器 3 :靜態攪拌器 4 :流延塑模 5:轉動支持體(第1冷卻輥) 6 :夾壓轉動體(接觸輥) 7 :轉動支持體(第2冷卻輥) 8 :轉動支持體(第3冷卻輥) 9、1 1、1 3、14、1 5 :搬送輥 -134- 200906942 1 〇 __光學薄膜 1 2 :延伸機 1 6 :捲取裝置 2 1 a ' 2 1 b :保護薄膜 22a、22b :相位差薄膜 23a、23b:薄膜之遲相軸方向 24a、24b:偏光子之透過軸方向 2 5 a、2 5 b :偏光子 26a 、 26b :偏光板 2 7 :液晶胞 2 9 ‘·液晶顯不裝置 3 1 :塑模本體 3 2 :隙縫 41 :金屬套管 42 :彈性滾筒 43 :金屬製內筒 44 :橡膠 4 5 :冷卻水 5 1 :外筒 52 :內筒 5 3 :空間 5 4 :冷卻液 55a、 55b:轉動軸 56a、56b :外筒支持凸緣 -135- 200906942 60 :流體軸筒 61a、61b:內筒支持凸緣 6 2 a、6 2 b :中間通路 1 10 :捲芯本體 1 1 7 :支撐板 1 1 8 :架台 120 :光學薄膜原捲 -136-Plasticizer-A 100 parts by mass of 8 parts by mass of IRGANOX 1010 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) 0 · 5 parts by mass 〇 · 25 parts by mass 0.30 parts by mass GSY-P101 (manufactured by Sigma Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) exemplified compound (2 ) - 8 TINUVIN928 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) 2·25 parts by mass of Example 4 [Production of optical film] Using the particles 10 obtained in Example 1, optical films 4-1 and 4-2 were produced in the following manner. After the pellet 1 was dried at 100 ° C for 4 hours, it was heated and melted in a nitrogen atmosphere at 25 ° C, and then melt-extruded by a T-die to adjust the protrusion (lip) clearance to obtain a film. The optical film 4-1 having a film thickness of 80 &quot; m which is not extended in the width direction. The particles 10 are dried at 10 CTC for 4 hours, and then heated and melted at 25 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere to be T. The mold is adjusted and protruded (ΗΡ), and the film is melt-extruded under the clearance, and stretched 13 times in the width direction of 160 ° C to obtain an optical film 4 - 2 having a film thickness of 80 μm. For these samples, The definitions of Ro and Rt were determined. The results are shown in Table 5. -132 - 200906942 [Table 5] Thin film sample No. Ro (nm) Rt (nm) Preparation 4-1 0 1 The present invention 4-2 3 1 The present invention or higher As is apparent from the results of Table 5, the optical films 4 _ 1 and 4-2 of the present invention are optically isotropic when R 〇 and Rt are close to each other. Example 5 (Assessment of characteristics of a liquid crystal display device) The polarizing plates of the Sharp type 32 TV AQ-32AD5 manufactured by the Sharp type VA liquid crystal display device were peeled off, and the polarizing plates produced in Examples 1 to 3 were implemented. The sample of the polarizing plate of the present invention produced in Example 3 was cut as 3d. The size of the liquid crystal cell was cut. The liquid crystal cell was sandwiched, and the polarizing plate 2 prepared as described above was attached to the polarizing axis of the polarizing plate. The liquid crystal display using the polarizing plates 1-1 to 1-15, 2d to 2_18, and 3-1 of the present invention is obtained by directly evaluating each other to produce a 32-type VA type color liquid crystal display and evaluating the characteristics of the polarizing plate as an optical film. Compared with the liquid crystal display device using the comparative polarizing plates 1-16 to 丨26, 2_1 9 and 2-20, the device has a high contrast and exhibits excellent displayability without causing color unevenness. It is an excellent polarizing plate when it is used as a polarizing plate for a video display device, such as a liquid crystal display. [FIG. 1] FIG. 1 shows an implementation of the apparatus for carrying out the manufacturing method of the optical film of this invention. [Fig. 2] A flow chart showing an enlargement of an important part of the manufacturing apparatus of Fig. 1. Fig. 3 (a) shows an external view of an important part of a casting mold, and Fig. 3 (b) shows A cross-sectional view of the important part of the casting mold. [Fig. 4] Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing a second embodiment of the squeezing rotor in a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis. [Fig. 6] Fig. 6 is a view showing the second embodiment of the squeezing rotor. Fig. 7 is an exploded perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a liquid crystal display device. Fig. 8 is a view showing a state in which an optical film roll is stored. [Description of main component symbols] 1 : Extruder 2 : Filter 3 : Static stirrer 4 : Casting mold 5 : Rotating support (first cooling roll) 6 : Clamping rotating body (contact roll) 7 : Rotating support (second cooling roll) 8 : Rotating support (third cooling roller) 9, 1, 1 , 1 3, 14, 1 5 : conveying roller -134 - 200906942 1 〇 __ optical film 1 2 : stretching machine 1 6 : winding device 2 1 a ' 2 1 b : protective film 22a, 22b: retardation film 23a, 23b: retardation axis direction 24a, 24b of film: transmission axis direction of polarizer 2 5 a, 2 5 b : polarizer 26a, 26b: polarized light Plate 2 7 : Liquid crystal cell 2 9 '·Liquid crystal display device 3 1 : Mold body 3 2 : Slot 41 : Metal sleeve 42 : Elastic roller 43 : Metal inner tube 4 4: rubber 4 5 : cooling water 5 1 : outer cylinder 52 : inner cylinder 5 3 : space 5 4 : cooling liquid 55a, 55b: rotating shaft 56a, 56b: outer cylinder supporting flange - 135 - 200906942 60 : fluid shaft cylinder 61a, 61b: inner cylinder support flange 6 2 a, 6 2 b : intermediate passage 1 10 : core body 1 1 7 : support plate 1 1 8 : gantry 120: optical film original roll - 136-

Claims (1)

200906942 十、申請專利範圍 1· 一種光學薄膜,其特徵爲光學薄膜含有纖維素酯 ’該纖維素酯爲該纖維素酯之每1葡萄糖單位的取代基種 類與該取代度爲同時滿足下述式(1)〜(3)之條件者; 式(1) 6 3 0 芸 2 χχ + 3 X Y S 7.50 式(2) l.lOSYsu 式(3) 0.30SY6^0.50 〔式中’X表示由第2位、第3位、及第6位的乙醯基之 平均取代度的合計,Y表示由第2位、第3位、及第6位 的丙醯基之平均取代度的合計,Y6表示由第6位的丙醯 基之平均取代度〕。 2 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之光學薄膜,其中該纖維 素酯之重量平均分子量爲150000以上,且未達250000。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項之光學薄膜,其 中該光學薄膜爲含有酚系化合物者。 4.如申請專利範圍第1項〜第3項中任1項之光學 薄膜’其中該光學薄膜爲含有磷系化合物者。 5 ·如申請專利範圍第1項〜第4項中任1項之光學 薄膜’其中該光學薄膜爲含有烷基自由基捕捉劑者。 6 ·如申請專利範圍第3項〜第5項中任1項之光學 薄膜,其中該酚系化合物爲受阻酚系化合物。 7.如申請專利範圍第4項〜第6項中任1項之光學 薄膜’其中該磷系抗氧化劑化合物爲亞膦酸酯系化合物。 8 ·如申請專利範圍第5項〜第7項中任1項之光學 -137- 200906942 薄膜,其中該烷基自由基捕捉劑爲下述一般式(1)所示 化合物或下述一般式(2 )所示化合物;200906942 X. Patent Application No. 1. An optical film characterized in that an optical film contains a cellulose ester, which is a type of substituent per 1 glucose unit of the cellulose ester, and the degree of substitution is simultaneously satisfying the following formula (1) Conditions of ~(3); Equation (1) 6 3 0 芸2 χχ + 3 XYS 7.50 Equation (2) l.lOSYsu Equation (3) 0.30SY6^0.50 [wherein 'X denotes the second digit , the total substitution degree of the third and sixth amino groups, Y represents the total of the average substitution degrees of the second, third, and sixth propyl groups, and Y6 represents the The average degree of substitution of the 6-position propyl sulfhydryl group]. 2. The optical film of claim 1, wherein the cellulose ester has a weight average molecular weight of 150,000 or more and less than 250,000. 3. The optical film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the optical film is a phenolic compound. 4. The optical film according to any one of the first to third aspects of the invention, wherein the optical film is a compound containing a phosphorus compound. 5. An optical film as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein the optical film is an alkyl radical scavenger. The optical film of any one of the above-mentioned claims, wherein the phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound. 7. The optical film according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the phosphorus-based antioxidant compound is a phosphonite-based compound. 8. The optical-137-200906942 film according to any one of claims 5 to 7, wherein the alkyl radical scavenger is a compound represented by the following general formula (1) or the following general formula ( 2) the compound shown; 〔式中,Ri表不氫原子或碳數1〜10的院基,R2及R3各 獨立表示碳數1〜8的烷基〕 -般式(2)[wherein, Ri represents no hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 10, and R2 and R3 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms] - General formula (2) 〔式中,r12〜r15各獨立表示氫原子或取代基,Rl6表示 氫原子或取代基,η表示1〜4的整數;η爲1時,Rm表 示取代基,η爲2〜4的整數時,Rh表示2〜4價連結基 :且,該取代基表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、醯胺基、烷基 硫基、芳基硫基、烯基、鹵素原子、炔基、雜環基、烷基 磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、膦 醯基、醯基、胺基甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、氰基、 烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、甲矽烷氧基、醯氧基、磺酸 基 '磺酸之鹽、胺基羰氧基、胺基、苯胺基、亞胺基、脲 基、烷氧基羰胺基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環硫基 、硫脲基、羧基、羧酸之鹽、羥基、氫硫基、或硝基〕。 -138 - 200906942 9. 一種光學薄膜之製造方法,其特徵爲將如申請專 利範圍第1項〜第8項中任1項之光學薄膜藉由熔融流延 法而製造。 10. —種偏光板’其特徵爲偏光子的至少1面具有如 申請專利範圍第1項〜第8項之光學薄膜。 11. 一種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵爲將如申請專利範圍 第1 〇項之偏光板使用於液晶胞的至少1面。 -139-Wherein r12 to r15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R16 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, η represents an integer of 1 to 4; when η is 1, Rm represents a substituent, and η is an integer of 2 to 4; And Rh represents a 2 to 4 valent linking group: and the substituent represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a decylamino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkenyl group, a halogen atom, an alkynyl group, or a hetero Cycloalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, phosphonium, fluorenyl, aminomethyl sulfhydryl, amine sulfonyl, sulfonamide Base, cyano, alkoxy, aryloxy, heterocyclooxy, decyloxy, decyloxy, sulfonate 'sulfonic acid salt, aminocarbonyloxy, amine, anilino, imine A ureido group, a ureido group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic thio group, a thiourea group, a carboxyl group, a salt of a carboxylic acid, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, or a nitro group. A method for producing an optical film, which is characterized in that the optical film of any one of items 1 to 8 of the patent application is produced by a melt casting method. 10. A polarizing plate </ RTI> characterized in that at least one side of the polarizer has an optical film as in the first to eighth aspects of the patent application. A liquid crystal display device characterized in that a polarizing plate according to the first aspect of the invention is used for at least one surface of a liquid crystal cell. -139-
TW097109655A 2007-03-26 2008-03-19 An optical film, an optical film manufacturing method, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device TWI452077B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007078535 2007-03-26

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200906942A true TW200906942A (en) 2009-02-16
TWI452077B TWI452077B (en) 2014-09-11

Family

ID=39788317

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097109655A TWI452077B (en) 2007-03-26 2008-03-19 An optical film, an optical film manufacturing method, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5093227B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101352739B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI452077B (en)
WO (1) WO2008117577A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112020537A (en) * 2018-09-05 2020-12-01 株式会社Lg化学 Thermoplastic resin composition

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5430860B2 (en) * 2008-02-18 2014-03-05 株式会社Adeka Cellulosic resin composition and cellulose resin film
JP2011053256A (en) * 2009-08-31 2011-03-17 Nippon Shokubai Co Ltd Optical laminate
WO2013080514A1 (en) * 2011-11-28 2013-06-06 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Optical film, method for producing same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
KR102027568B1 (en) 2017-02-01 2019-11-14 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Polarizing plate, method for preparing polarizing plate and optical display apparatus comprising the same
WO2020050639A1 (en) * 2018-09-05 2020-03-12 주식회사 엘지화학 Thermoplastic resin composition

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001200098A (en) 2000-01-18 2001-07-24 Konica Corp Cellulose mixed acylate, method for preparing cellulose mixed acylate dope, method for manufacturing cellulose mixed acylate film, and cellulose mixed acylate film
JP2002309009A (en) 2001-04-13 2002-10-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Cellulose acylate film and method for producing the same
JP2008003126A (en) * 2006-06-20 2008-01-10 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate, liquid crystal display apparatus and manufacturing method of protection film for polarizing plate

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112020537A (en) * 2018-09-05 2020-12-01 株式会社Lg化学 Thermoplastic resin composition
CN112020537B (en) * 2018-09-05 2022-10-25 株式会社Lg化学 Thermoplastic resin composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2008117577A1 (en) 2008-10-02
JPWO2008117577A1 (en) 2010-07-15
JP5093227B2 (en) 2012-12-12
TWI452077B (en) 2014-09-11
KR101352739B1 (en) 2014-01-16
KR20100014521A (en) 2010-02-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI475058B (en) A cellulose ester optical film, a liquid crystal display device, a method for producing a cellulose ester optical film, and a polymer
TWI429703B (en) A cellulose ester film, a method for producing a cellulose ester film, a method for producing a cellulose ester film, a cellulose ester film
TWI447444B (en) An optical film, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device, and a compound
JP5023837B2 (en) Cellulose ester film, method for producing cellulose ester film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
WO2007043358A1 (en) Method for producing cellulose ester film, cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
TW200831571A (en) Manufacturing method of cellulose acylate film, cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
TWI419917B (en) A cellulose ester film, a method for producing a cellulose ester film, a method for producing a cellulose ester film, a
TWI390258B (en) An optical film, a method for manufacturing the same, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device
JP4947050B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
TW200906942A (en) Optical film, process for producing optical film, polarizer, and liquid-crystal display
JP2009262533A (en) Manufacturing process of optical film, optical film, polarizing plate and display apparatus
TWI404622B (en) Acrylated cellulose film manufacturing method, acylated cellulose film, polarizing cellulose film manufacturing method
JP4747985B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP5182098B2 (en) Optical film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2008145739A (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2010001677A1 (en) Optical film, manufacturing method for optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device using same
KR101748065B1 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP4770620B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same, and method for producing optical film
JP2008143873A (en) Phosphonite compound, method for purifying the same, cellulose ester film using the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP4952588B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010049062A (en) Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device
JP2008224720A (en) Optical film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, its manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees